SERVO AMPLIFIERS & MOTORS. Advanced servo technology with optical network

Transcription

1 SERO MPLIFIERS & MOTORS dvanced servo technology with optical network

2 Servo mplifier Series and Servo Motor Models Flexible specifications corresponding to users needs s wide product lines from 5 to 55k type General-purpose interface MR-J3-M Pulse train nalog IO SSNET 3 RS-422 multi-drop -Link Position Speed Torque Positioning function Fully closed loop control compatible MR-J3- M MR-J3- M 3-phase 2.5 to 37k : ompatible Interface ontrol mode ompatible motor series Motor Setup Power capacity Model supply S/ or HF- HF- HF- H- H- H- Hspec. thrust KP MP SP LP RP P LP : Not compatible LM- H2 LM- F LM- 2 type (Note 5) (Note 5) MR-J3- M1 1-phase.5 1 to.4k MR-J3- M4 MR-J3- M4 3-phase 4.5 to 55k SSNET#, new high-speed serial bus compatible MR-J3-MB MR-J3- MB MR-J3- MB 3-phase 2.5 to 37k MR-J3- MB1 1-phase 1.5 to.4k Fully closed loop control compatible MR-J3-MB-RJ MR-J3- MB4 MR-J3- MB4 MR-J3- MB -RJ 3-phase 4 3-phase 2.5 to 55k.5 to 25k B type MR-J3- MB1 -RJ 1-phase 1.5 to.4k MR-J3- MB4 -RJ 3-phase.5 4 to 22k Linear Servo compatible MR-J3-MB-RJ4 (Note 1) MR-J3- MB(4) -RJ4 3-phase 2 / 4 (Note 4) to 9N (Self-cooling) 3 to 3N (Liquid-cooling) to N 5 to 8N -Link compatible built-in positioning function MR-J3-MT MR-J3- MT 3-phase 2.5 to 25k T type (Note 2) MR-J3- MT1 1-phase.5 1 to.4k MR-J3- MT4 3-phase.5 4 to 22k 1 Notes:1. Refer to LINER SERO LM Series catalog (L(N)32) for further details on the linear servo. 2. se the manual pulse generator (MR-H). 3. The extension IO unit (MR-J3-1) is required. 4. For the linear servo compatible servo amplifiers, 3-phase 4 is available only in 22k. 5. High resolution analog speed command and analog torque command are capable with a set of MR-J3-MM-RJ4 and the extension IO unit, MR-J3-1. (Note that MR-J3-MM- RJ4 is available only for 1, 2 22k or smaller and 4 11k to 22k).

3 Servo motors Small capacity series Medium capacity series Flat Medium capacity series Medium/Large capacity series Motor series (Note 1) K HF-KP series M S HF-MP series HF-SP series LH-LP series R H-RP series H-P series LH-LP series Rated speed (maximum speed) (r/min) 3 () 3 () 1 (15) 2 (3) 2 (3) 3 (45) 2 3:.75 to 2k ( 25:3.5, 5k ) 1 (12) 15 (2) 2 (2) Rated output (k) (Note 2) 5 types.5,.1,.2,.4,.75 5 types.5,.1,.2,.4,.75 types.5,.85, 1.2, 2., 3., types.5, 1., 1.5, 2.,3.5, 5., 7..5, 1., 1.5, 2., 3.5, 5., 7. 5 types.5, 1., 1.5, 2., 3. 5 types 1., 1.5, 2., 3.5, 5. 5 types.75, 1.5, 2., 3.5, 5. 1 types., 8., 12, 15, 2, 25, 3, 37., 8., 12, 15, 2, 25, 3, types 7., 11, 15, 22, 3, 37 7., 11, 15, 22, 3, 37, 45, 5 14 types 5., 7., 11, 15, 22, 3, 37 11, 15, 22, 3, 37, 45, 55 Servo motor type ith electromagnetic brake (B) Global standards EN L cl (Note 5) (Note 5) Protection level IP5 IP5 IP7 (Note 5) (Note 5) (Note 5) (Note 5) (Note 5) (Note 5) (Note 5) (Note 5) IP7 IP5 IP5 IP5 Only for.k to ( 12k ) ( ) Only for 7.k to 15k Only for ( 11k to 22k ) IP44 IP44 IP44 IP5 for H-LP52/72 Features Low inertia Perfect for general industrial machines. ltra-low inertia ell suited for highthroughput operation. Medium inertia Two models, from low to high-speed, are available for various applications. Low inertia Perfect for general industrial machines. ltra-low inertia ell suited for highthroughput operation. Flat type The flat design makes this unit well suited for situations where the installation space is restricted. Low inertia Three models, from low to mediumspeed, are available for various applications. s standard, 3k and larger motors can be mounted either with the flange or the feet. (Note 4) : ompatible pplication examples Belt drive Robots Mounters Sewing machines X-Y tables Food processing machines Semiconductor manufacturing devices Knitting and embroidery machines Inserters Mounters Material handling systems Robots X-Y tables Roll feeders Loaders and unloaders High-throughput material handling systems ltra-highthroughput material handling systems Robots Food processing machines Injection molding machines Semiconductor manufacturing equipment Large material handling systems Press machines Notes:1. ctual product availability may vary according to region. 2. are for 4 class. 3. The shaft-through portion is excluded. 4. Some motors from 15 to 25k capacities can be mounted with the feet. Refer to the section Motor imensions in this catalog. 5. Some motors are under application for EN, L and cl standards. ontact Mitsubishi for more details. 2

4 MELSERO-J3 The ever-evolving new SSNET III, new high-speed serial bus compatible: MR-J3-B High-speed with high accuracy via optical communication Improved system responsiveness! The speed of exchanging data between the controller and the servo amplifier has been greatly increased thereby shortening tact time. Synchronized control and synchronized starting for advanced interpolation! Smooth control using high-speed serial communication with cycle times up to.44ms! (Note 1) ommand position SSNET ommand position SSNET # <Overall cable length> SSNET MR-J2S SSNET # MR-J3 3 apable of an approx. 25-fold longer distance. 8 (Note 2) istance (m) ommunication cycle ommunication cycle Easy and flexible wiring with optical communication apable of long distance wiring (Maximum overall distance: up to 5m between stations (Note 2) x number of axes). Reduced wiring by issuing the stroke limit signal and the proximity dog signal via the servo amplifier. Simple connection with dedicated cables, reducing both wiring time and chances of wiring errors. Enhanced reliability Improved noise resistance with optical communication! SSNET MR-J2S SSNET # MR-J3 Notes: 1. The communication cycle varies depending on the number of axes connected and the controller operation cycle. 2. hen using a long distance cable: 5m between stations x 1 axes = 8m SSNET # <Network communication speed> 5. Speed increased by approx. 1-fold Baud rate (Mbps) Fully closed loop control compatible servo amplifier: MR-J3-B-RJ High accuracy and high response position control ual feedback control provides the highest possible positioning response by using the position feedback signals from the motor encoder during high-speed rotation, and from the load-side encoder, such as a linear encoder, when positioning (stopping). Flexible system structure ith the wide variety of linear encoders, users can configure systems that meet their requirement. ompatible serial communication linear encoder for MR-J2S can be used without modification. SSNET# controller Q173P Q172P Q173HP Q172HP Q75MH SSNET# Position command control signal Encoder signal MR-J3-MBM-RJ bsolute position detection system is easily configured without a battery by using a serial interface BS type linear encoder. BZ phase differential input interface unit, MR-J2S-L, that was necessary for MR-J2S series, is not required when using a compatible BZ phase pulse train interface linear encoder. NP3 N2L Servo motor N1 N1B N2 To the next servo amplifier axis Load-side encoder signal (Serial interface or BZ phase pulse train interface) Table 5 Linear encoder with compatible serial interface or BZ phase pulse train interface Linear encoder head 3 Linear servo compatible: MR-J3-B-RJ4 High-speed, high-accuracy High-speed operation (2m/s) is now possible with this direct drive system. (onventional transmission mechanisms typically can not achieve such fast operational speeds.) fully closed loop control system is realized by using position feedback signals from a machine-end encoder such as a linear encoder. ide of products ore type linear servo motor LM-H2 series: ontinuous thrust to 9N LM-F series: ontinuous thrust 3 to 3N (self-cooling) ontinuous thrust to N (liquid-cooling) oreless type linear servo motor LM-2 series: ontinuous thrust 5 to 8N

5 generation servo -Link compatible built-in positioning function: MR-J3-T Built-in positioning function By setting position and speed data in the point tables in the servo amplifier, positioning operation is possible with a simple start signal from the positioning controller. Point table No. 1 2 : 255 Position data 1 2 : 3 Servo motor speed 2 1 : 3 cceleration time constant 2 1 : 1 eceleration time constant 2 1 : 1 well time : uxiliary function 1 : 2 M code 1 2 : 99 Speed Point tableno.1 Point table No.2 Position address 1 2 Start signal M code M code data No.1 M code data No.2 -Link communication compatible Setting position and speed data and operation start and stop is possible via -Link communication. Servo data information can be sent via -Link communication to the positioning controller and used for controlling the positioning application. -Link communication makes it possible to design the system with the servo amplifiers dispersed throughout. I/O command with the extension IO unit, MR-J3-1 (Optional) Selecting the point table and positioning operation start are possible by the I command with MR-J3-1. lso, alarm code and M code can be output with the digital signal. (-Link communication is not available when using MR-J3-1.) Parameter unit, MR-PR3 Parameter setting, monitoring, alarm display and test operation are possible by connecting to the servo amplifier, thus providing an efficient operation start. p to 32 servo amplifier axes can be connected and controlled with a multi-drop connection. Operational functions Roll feed function. Indexer function apable of positioning to a set number of equally divided stations (up to 255 stations). MR-J3-T -Link communication Operation start/stop, etc. urrent position/ speed, etc. MR-J3-T+MR-J3-1 I/O command Operation start/stop, etc. <Indexer function> Station Station 5 Station 7 Station Station 4 -Link master unit (Programmable controller) External I/O signals Station 1 Station 2 Station 3 ide of product lines iverse motor capacities Large capacity motors have been added to our product line. Now motors are available from 5 to 55k. ith the wide selection of motors provided, full retrofit of an MR-J2S series system is possible. MR-J3 H-LP H-RP H-P H-LP HF-SP HF-KP HF-MP MR-J2S H-LFS H-RFS H-FS H-LFS H-SFS H-KFS H-MFS <apacity of servo motors> 5.k 55k 1.k 5.k.75k 5.k.5k 3.k.5k 7.k k 1k 1k ompatible with the various power voltage 1, 2, 4 class servo amplifiers are available. 4

6 ble to realize high speed with high accuracy Tact time improved with high-speed positioning High-speed, high-torque motor HF series Patent pending 5 (Example) 4 3r/min Higher power! The high speed motors (r/min) and high speed frequency response amplifiers (9Hz) shorten positioning times. Higher speed! Torque(N m) Peak running ontinuous running HF-KP H-KFS Speed (r/min) Shorter positioning time HF-KP H-KFS (r/min) Maximum speed has been increased to r/min for the HF-KP/HF-MP series, and 3r/min for the HF-SP 2r/min series. Machine performance improved with highly accurate operation high-resolution encoder 22144p/rev (18-bit) is mounted as standard to realize stability even at low speeds. Fluctuations in motor torque were reduced by decreasing The absolute encoder is standard equipment. the cogging torque. Home position return at each power on is not <ogging torque> (Note 1) necessary if the battery (MR-J3BT) is mounted on the servo amplifier. Reduced by 1/2 Prior motor (H series) ompact and flexible New motor (HF series) Time <> Installation area is 4% smaller than prior model (comparison in 4) More compact! <Servo motor> 2% smaller than the prior model (Example: HF-KP/HF-MP series 4) Even smaller! MR-J2-Super MR-J3 (nit: mm) 4% smaller lose mounting is possible (2 3.5k or smaller) MR-J2-Super 4 MR-J3 2% smaller Mitsubishi comparison of H-KFS/H-MFS Small Flexible wiring Environmental safety Improved environmental safety The working environment is different for close mounting. (Note 2) onnectors have been adapted for the servo amplifier terminal block thereby reducing the time required for wiring. Refer to the section Peripheral Equipment in this catalog for details regarding the connectors. (onnector type is available only for 2 3.5k or smaller and 4 2k or smaller servo amplifiers.) IP5 is standard for the HF-KP/HF-MP/H-LP/H-RP/H-P servo motor series (excluding the shaft-through portion). IP7 is standard for the HF-SP servo motor series (excluding the shaft-through portion). <Servo motor> The connectors of the HF-SP series are smaller than those of the H-SFS series (prior model), so the user s system can be made even more compact. The cable mounting direction is changeable according to the selected cable. (HF-KP/HF-MP series) hangeable mounting direction In direction of motor shaft ompatible with global standards In opposite direction of motor shaft onformity to EN, L and cl standards MELSERO-J3 conforms to global standards. This product is not subject to hina ompulsory ertification (). 5 Resists both water and dust! Notes: 1. This data is for Refer to the sections mplifier Specifications and autions oncerning se in this catalog for details. 3. se IP5 rated cables when using the motor in an IP5 environment.

7 dvanced and evolving tuning functions Easy tuning Gain adjustment is not necessary Ever-evolving Real time uto-tuning Precise tuning etailed setting of the response value now possible! ith Mitsubishi s original model adaptive control and the ever-evolving auto-tuning function, tuning can be completed just by changing the response setting value!! To suppress vibration at the end of an arm or to reduce residual vibration in a machine dvanced ibration ontrol Patent pending Easily eliminates vibration! The auto-tuning suppresses vibrations automatically. (p to 1Hz) roop pulse roop pulse ommand ommand Machine end position Tuning ON Exact! Machine end position To suppress drive shaft vibrations such as in a ball screw The optimum machine resonance suppression filter is automatically set to suppress daptive Filter II resonance without even measuring the machine system s (drive shaft) frequency characteristics. The adaptive frequency has been increased compared to the Patent pending prior models, so resonance at the drive shaft can also be suppressed. pproximately 1Hz to 2.25kHz (Machine resonance filter: up to 4.5kHz) Easier to use!! rive shaft vibration daptive filter@ function ON To improve the synchronization accuracy of printing machines and packaging machines, etc. Robust isturbance ompensation Function The response to a disturbance element can be increased, independently of other control loop gains, thus making it possible to suppress the disturbance and still maintain stable operations. (Example) Printing machine roop pulse Robust disturbance compensation function ON roop pulse Precision of the printing rises by improving the synchronization accuracy with this function. MR onfigurator (Setup software) Simple setup and tuning support tools Simple setup To view motor status The new Parameter setting window makes setup even easier! Monitor and diagnostic functions SB interface enables high-speed sampling and long-term waveform measurement. One analog channel has been added to the graph function (total: 3ch). new amplifier diagnostic function has been added.

8 For uniform management of information For the MR-J3-B type, MR onfigurator (setup software) can be used on a personal computer connected to a motion controller (Q173P/Q172P/Q173HP/Q172HP). The uniform management of information such as parameter settings of multi-axes and monitor is easily possible! lick on the icon! Start MR onfigurator from MT eveloper Q173P Q172P Q173HP Q172HP Select the required number of axes and display as a list. Reconnecting cables is not necessary. MR onfigurator ata write ata read MR-J3-B ontents Servo mplifiers Servo Motors Features Model onfiguration Motor specifications and haracteristics Motor imensions Motor Special Specifications MR-J3- MR-J3-B MR-J3-B-RJ Servo mplifier rive unit/onverter unit Servo Motor HF-KP series HF-MP series H-LP series H-RP series H-P series HF-SP series H-LP series HF-KP series HF-MP series HF-SP series H-LP series H-RP series H-P series H-LP series Electromagnetic Brake Specifications Special Shaft End Specifications Peripheral Equipment mplifier Specifications Standard iring iagram mplifier imensions rive nit imensions onverter nit imensions Peripheral Equipment mplifier Specifications Standard iring iagram mplifier imensions rive nit imensions Features/System onfiguration Fully losed Loop iagnostic Functions mplifier Specifications Standard iring iagram List of ompatible Linear Encoders mplifier imensions Peripheral Equipment Features/Serial ommunication Operational Functions ommand Method MR-J3-T mplifier Specifications Extension IO nit Standard iring iagram mplifier imensions ynamic Brake MR-J3 Basic onfiguration ables and onnectors for MR-J3- ables and onnectors for MR-J3-B ables and onnectors for MR-J3-T Ordering Information for ustomers RoHS ompliant onnectors Options Optional Regeneration nit Battery Battery onnection Relay able iagnostic able Parameter nit Heat Sink Outside ttachment Junction Terminal Block Manual Pulse Generator igital Switch Radio Noise Filter Line Noise Filter Surge Suppressor ata Line Filter Peripheral Equipment EM Filter Power Factor Improvement Reactor Power Factor Improvement Reactor Electrical ires, ircuit Breakers, Magnetic ontactors sing a Personal omputer autions oncerning se

9 Model onfiguration For servo amplifier 1/2/4 MR-J Mitsubishi general-purpose servo amplifier MELSERO-J3 Series Symbol Special specifications 4 1-phase 2 to 24 (Note1) ompatible with high resolution analog speed command and RJ4 analog torque command (Note 2) RJ4 ompatible with linear servo RJ ompatible with fully closed loop control ompatible with fully closed loop control, without a dynamic brake R ompatible with fully closed loop control, without an enclosed RZ regenerative resistor (Note 3, 4) KE ompatible with 4Mpps command (Note 5) E ithout a dynamic brake (Note ) PX ithout an enclosed regenerative resistor (Note 4) Notes: 1. vailable in 75 or smaller servo amplifier 2. vailable in MR-J3-MM only. Extension IO unit, MR-J3-1, is required. 3. vailable in MR-J3-MBM only. 4. vailable in 11k to 22k servo amplifier. regenerative resistor (standard accessory) is not enclosed. 5. vailable in MR-J3-M(1) only. ynamic brake does not work at alarm occurrence or power failure. Take measures to ensure safety. Symbol Power supply 3-phase 2 or None 1-phase 2 (Note 1) 1 1-phase 1 (Note 2) 4 3-phase 4 Notes: 1. The 1-phase 2 is available only for the MR-J3-7M or smaller servo amplifiers. 2. Only for the MR-J3-4M1 or smaller servo amplifiers. 3. Only for.k and 1.k or larger servo amplifiers. : General-purpose interface B: SSNET # compatible T: -Link compatible built-in positioning function Symbol K 15K 22K List of compatible motors HF-KP 53, HF-MP 53, class HF-SP H-LP 51, , , 21, 152, , , H-RP 13, , 53 H-P , 52 H-LP 52 1, 71M, 72 81, 12K1, 11K1M, 11K2 15K1, 15K1M, 15K2 2K1, 25K1, 22K1M, 22K2 HF-SP , class H-LP 14, 71M4 814, 12K14, 11K1M4,11K24 15K14, 15K1M4, 15K24 2K14, 22K1M4, 22K24 The amplifiers above conform to EN, L and cl standards. * 8

10 Model onfiguration For drive unit 2/4 MR-J3-3K Mitsubishi general-purpose servo amplifier MELSERO-J3 Series The converter unit (MR-J3-R55K(4)) is required for the drive unit. : General-purpose interface B: SSNET # compatible List of compatible motors Symbol H-LP 3K1, 3K1M, 3K2, 3K 25K14, 3K14, 3K1M4, 3K24 37K1, 37K1M, 37K2, 37K 37K14, 37K1M4, 37K24 45K 45K1M4, 45K24 55K 5K1M4, 55K24 Symbol None 4 Power supply 3-phase 2 3-phase 4 For converter unit 2/4 MR-J3-R55K Mitsubishi general-purpose servo amplifier MELSERO-J3 Series Rated output: 55k Symbol None 4 Power supply 3-phase 2 3-phase 4 The drive unit and the converter unit conform to EN, L and cl standards. * 9

11 Model onfiguration For servo motor 1/2 HF-KP 5 3 B Symbol Oil seal None None (Note1) J Installed (Note2, 3) Symbol HF-KP HF-MP HF-SP H-LP H-RP H-P H-LP Motor series Low inertia, small capacity ltra-low inertia, small capacity Medium inertia, medium capacity Low inertia, medium capacity ltra-low inertia, medium capacity Flat type, medium capacity Low inertia, medium-large capacity Symbol 1 1M Symbol Electromagnetic brake None None B Installed Note: Refer to the section Electromagnetic brake specifications in this catalog for the available models and detailed specifications. Rated speed (r/min) 1 15 Notes: 1. n oil seal is attached for the H-LP, H-RP, H-P and H-LP series as standard. 2. imensions for the HF-KP/HF-MP series with an oil seal are different from those for the standard model. ontact Mitsubishi for details. 3. For the HF-KP/HF-MP series, the servo motors with an oil seal are available for.1k or larger. Symbol None K Shaft end Standard (Straight shaft) Key way or with key (Note1) -cut (Note1) Notes: 1. Refer to the section Special shaft end specifications in this catalog for the available models and detailed specifications Symbol 5 1 to 8 1 to 8 11K to 37K Rated output (k).5.1 to to to 37 For servo motor 4 HF-SP B Symbol Shaft end Symbol HF-SP H-LP Motor series Medium inertia, medium capacity Low inertia, medium-large capacity 4 class None Standard (Straight shaft) K Key way (Note1) Notes: 1. Refer to the section Special shaft end specifications in this catalog for the available models and detailed specifications. Symbol Rated output (k) Symbol Rated speed (r/min) Symbol Electromagnetic brake 5 1 to 8 11K to 55K.5 1. to to M None None B Installed Note: Refer to the section Electromagnetic brake specifications in this catalog for the available models and detailed specifications. The servo motors above conform to EN, L and cl standards. However, some of the HF-SP and H-LP servo motor series are under application for these standards. * ontact Mitsubishi for more details. 1

12 Motor Specifications and haracteristics HF-KP series servo motor specifications Servo motor series Servo motor model HF-KP model MR-J3- Power facility capacity (Note 1) (k) ontinuous Rated output () running duty Rated torque (N m [oz in]) Maximum torque (N m [oz in]) Rated speed (r/min) Maximum speed (r/min) Permissible instantaneous speed (r/min) Power rate at continuous rated torque (k/s) Rated current () Maximum current () Regenerative braking frequency (times/min) (Note 2) Moment of inertia Standard J ( 1-4 kg m 2 ) [J (oz in 2 )] ith electromagnetic brake Recommended load/motor inertia moment ratio Speed/position detector ttachments Insulation class Structure mbient temperature mbient humidity Environment tmosphere Elevation Servo motor Mass (kg [lb]) ibration (Note 5) Standard ith electromagnetic brake HF-KP series (Low inertia, small capacity) 53(B) 13(B) 23(B) 43(B) 73(B) 1(1)/B(1)(-RJ)/T(1) 2(1)/B(1)(-RJ)/T(1) 4(1)/B(1)(-RJ)/T(1) 7/B(-RJ)/T (22.7).32 (45.3).4 (9.) 1.3 (184) 2.4 (34).48 (8.).95 (135) 1.9 (29) 3.8 (538) 7.2 (12) (Note 2-1) (Note 2-2) (.284).88 (.481).24 (1.31).42 (2.3) 1.43 (7.82).54 (.295).9 (.492).31 (1.9).5 (2.73) 1.3 (8.91) 15 times maximum 24 times maximum 22 times maximum 15 times maximum 18-bit encoder (Resolution per encoder/servo motor rotation: p/rev) (Motors with an oil seal are available (HF-KPMJ)) lass B Totally enclosed non ventilated (protection level: IP5) (Note 4) to 4 (32 to 14 F) (non freezing), storage: 15 to 7 (5 to 158 F) (non freezing) 8% RH maximum (non condensing), storage: 9% RH maximum (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust 1m or less above sea level X: 49m/s 2 Y: 49m/s 2.35 (.78).5 (1.3).94 (2.1) 1.5 (3.3) 2.9 (.4).5 (1.5).8 (1.9) 1. (3.) 2.1 (4.7) 3.9 (8.) Notes:1. The power facility capacity varies depending on the power supply s impedance. 2. The regenerative braking frequency shows the permissible frequency when the motor, without a load and the optional regeneration unit, decelerates from the rated speed to a stop. hen a load is connected; however, the value will be the table value/(m+1), where m=the load inertia moment/the motor inertia moment. hen the operating speed exceeds the rated speed, the regenerative braking frequency is inversely proportional to the square of (operating speed/rated speed). If the operating speed changes frequently or when the regeneration is constant (as with vertical feeds), find the regenerative heating value () in operation. Provisions must be made to keep this heating value below the tolerable regenerative power (). Optimal regenerative resistor varies for each system. Select the most suitable regenerative resistor by using the Servo Support software. Refer to the section Options Optional regeneration unit in this catalog for details on the tolerable regenerative power () hen the motor decelerates to a stop from the rated speed, the regenerative frequency will not be limited if the effective torque is within the rated torque. hen the motor decelerates to a stop from the maximum speed, the regenerative frequency will not be limited if the load inertia moment is 8 times or less and the effective torque is within the rated torque hen the motor decelerates to a stop from the rated speed, the regenerative frequency will not be limited if the effective torque is within the rated torque. hen the motor decelerates to a stop from the maximum speed, the regenerative frequency will not be limited if the load inertia moment is 4 times or less and the effective torque is within the rated torque. 3. ontact Mitsubishi if the load/motor of inertia moment ratio exceeds the value in the table. 4. The shaft-through portion is excluded. 5. The vibration direction is shown in the right-side diagram. The numeric value indicates the maximum value of the component (commonly the bracket in the opposite X Y direction of the motor shaft). Fretting of the bearing occurs easily when the motor stops, so maintain vibration to approximately one-half of the allowable value. HF-KP series servo motor torque characteristics 84. HF-KP53 (B) (Note 1, 2, 3) HF-K3 (B) (Note 1, 2, 3) HF-K3 (B) (Note 1, 2, 3) Peak running 35 ontinuous running Peak running ontinuous running HF-KP43 (B) (Note 1, 2, 3) HF-KP73 (B) (Note 1, 3) Peak running ontinuous running Peak running ontinuous running Peak running ontinuous running Notes: 1. : For 3-phase 2 or 1-phase : For 1-phase : For 1-phase 2. This line is drawn only where differs from the other two lines.

13 Motor Specifications and haracteristics HF-MP series servo motor specifications Servo motor series Servo motor model HF-MP model (Note ) MR-J3- Power facility capacity (Note 1) (k) ontinuous Rated output () running duty Rated torque (N m [oz in]) Maximum torque (N m [oz in]) Rated speed (r/min) Maximum speed (r/min) Permissible instantaneous speed (r/min) Power rate at continuous rated torque (k/s) Rated current () Maximum current () Regenerative braking frequency (times/min) (Note 2) Moment of inertia Standard J ( 1-4 kg m 2 ) [J (oz in 2 )] ith electromagnetic brake Recommended load/motor inertia moment ratio Speed/position detector ttachments Insulation class Structure mbient temperature mbient humidity Environment tmosphere Servo motor Mass (kg [lb]) Elevation ibration (Note 5) Standard ith electromagnetic brake HF-MP series (ltra-low inertia, small capacity) 53(B) 13(B) 23(B) 43(B) 73(B) 1(1)/B(1)(-RJ)/T(1) 2(1)/B(1)(-RJ)/T(1) 4(1)/B(1)(-RJ)/T(1) 7/B(-RJ)/T (22.7).32 (45.3).4 (9.) 1.3 (184) 2.4 (34).48 (8.).95 (135) 1.9 (29) 3.8 (538) 7.2 (12) (Note 2-1) (Note 2-2) (.14).32 (.175).88 (.481).15 (.82). (3.28).25 (.137).39 (.213).12 (.5).18 (.984).7 (3.83) Maximum of 3 times the servo motor s inertia moment 18-bit encoder (Resolution per encoder/servo motor rotation: p/rev) (Motors with an oil seal are available (HF-MPMJ)) lass B Totally enclosed non ventilated (protection level: IP5) (Note 4) to 4 (32 to 14 F) (non freezing), storage: 15 to 7 (5 to 158 F) (non freezing) 8% RH maximum (non condensing), storage: 9% RH maximum (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust 1m or less above sea level X: 49m/s 2 Y: 49m/s 2.35 (.78).5 (1.3).94 (2.1) 1.5 (3.3) 2.9 (.4).5 (1.5).8 (1.9) 1. (3.) 2.1 (4.7) 3.9 (8.) Notes:1. The power facility capacity varies depending on the power supply s impedance. 2. The regenerative braking frequency shows the permissible frequency when the motor, without a load and the optional regeneration unit, decelerates from the rated speed to a stop. hen a load is connected; however, the value will be the table value/(m+1), where m=the load inertia moment/the motor inertia moment. hen the operating speed exceeds the rated speed, the regenerative braking frequency is inversely proportional to the square of (operating speed/rated speed). If the operating speed changes frequently or when the regeneration is constant (as with vertical feeds), find the regenerative heating value () in operation. Provisions must be made to keep this heating value below the tolerable regenerative power (). Optimal regenerative resistor varies for each system. Select the most suitable regenerative resistor by using the Servo Support software. Refer to the section Options Optional regeneration unit in this catalog for details on the tolerable regenerative power () hen the motor decelerates to a stop from the rated speed, the regenerative frequency will not be limited if the effective torque is within the rated torque. hen the motor decelerates to a stop from the maximum speed, the regenerative frequency will not be limited if the load inertia moment is 2 times or less and the effective torque is within the rated torque hen the motor decelerates to a stop from the rated speed, the regenerative frequency will not be limited if the effective torque is within the rated torque. hen the motor decelerates to a stop from the maximum speed, the regenerative frequency will not be limited if the load inertia moment is 15 times or less and the effective torque is within the rated torque. 3. ontact Mitsubishi if the load/motor of inertia moment ratio exceeds the value in the table. 4. The shaft-through portion is excluded. 5. The vibration direction is shown in the right-side diagram. The numeric value indicates the maximum value of the component (commonly the bracket in the opposite X Y direction of the motor shaft). Fretting of the bearing occurs easily when the motor stops, so maintain vibration to approximately one-half of the allowable value.. To use MR-J3-M(1) with the compatible HF-MP series, the servo amplifier s software version must be 4 or above. HF-MP series servo motor torque characteristics 84. HF-MP53 (B) (Note 1, 2, 3) HF-M3 (B) (Note 1, 2, 3) HF-M3 (B) (Note 1, 2, 3) Peak running ontinuous running HF-MP43 (B) (Note 1, 2, 3) HF-MP73 (B) (Note 1, 3) Peak running ontinuous running Peak running ontinuous running Peak running 2. ontinuous running Peak running ontinuous running Notes: 1. : For 3-phase 2 or 1-phase : For 1-phase : For 1-phase 2. This line is drawn only where differs from the other two lines. 12

14 Motor Specifications and haracteristics H-LP series servo motor specifications Servo motor series Servo motor model H-LP model MR-J3- Power facility capacity (Note 1) (k) ontinuous Rated output (k) running duty Rated torque (N m [oz in]) Maximum torque (N m [oz in]) Rated speed (r/min) Maximum speed (r/min) Permissible instantaneous speed (r/min) Power rate at continuous rated torque (k/s) Rated current () Maximum current () Regenerative braking frequency (times/min) (Note 2) Moment of inertia Standard J ( 1-4 kg m 2 ) [J (oz in 2 )] ith electromagnetic brake Recommended load/motor inertia moment ratio Speed/position detector ttachments Insulation class Structure mbient temperature mbient humidity Environment tmosphere Servo motor Mass (kg [lb]) Elevation ibration (Note 5) Standard ith electromagnetic brake H-LP series (Low inertia, medium capacity) 52(B) 12(B) 152(B) 22(B) /B(-RJ)/T 1/B(-RJ)/T 2/B(-RJ)/T 35/B(-RJ)/T (338) 4.78 (77) 7.1 (11) 9.55 (135) 7.1 (11) 14.4 (24) 21. (3) 28.5 (44) (1.9) 4.2 (25.3).42 (35.1) 22. (12) 5.2 (28.4).72 (3.7) 8.52 (4.) 32. (175) 32(B) 5/B(-RJ)/T (22) 42.9 (7) (197) 4. (252) Maximum of 1 times the servo motor's inertia moment 18-bit encoder (Resolution per encoder/servo motor rotation: p/rev) Oil seal lass F Totally enclosed non ventilated (protection level: IP5) (Note 4) to 4 (32 to 14 F) (non freezing), storage: 15 to 7 (5 to 158 F) (non freezing) 8% RH maximum (non condensing), storage: 9% RH maximum (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust 1m or less above sea level X: 9.8m/s 2 Y: 24.5m/s 2 X: 19.m/s 2 Y: 49m/s 2.5 (15) 8. (18) 1 (22) 21 (47) 28 (2) 9. (2) 11 (25) 13 (29) 27 () 34 (75) Notes:1. The power facility capacity varies depending on the power supply s impedance. 2. The regenerative braking frequency shows the permissible frequency when the motor, without a load and the optional regeneration unit, decelerates from the rated speed to a stop. hen a load is connected; however, the value will be the table value/(m+1), where m=the load inertia moment/the motor inertia moment. hen the operating speed exceeds the rated speed, the regenerative braking frequency is inversely proportional to the square of (operating speed/rated speed). If the operating speed changes frequently or when the regeneration is constant (as with vertical feeds), find the regenerative heating value () in operation. Provisions must be made to keep this heating value below the tolerable regenerative power (). Optimal regenerative resistor varies for each system. Select the most suitable regenerative resistor by using the Servo Support software. Refer to the section Options Optional regeneration unit in this catalog for details on the tolerable regenerative power (). 3. ontact Mitsubishi if the load/motor of inertia moment ratio exceeds the value in the table. 4. The shaft-through portion is excluded. 5. The vibration direction is shown in the right-side diagram. The numeric value indicates the maximum value of the component (commonly the bracket in the opposite X Y direction of the motor shaft). Fretting of the bearing occurs easily when the motor stops, so maintain vibration to approximately one-half of the allowable value. H-LP series servo motor torque characteristics H-LP52 (B) (Note 1, 2, 3) H-L2(B) (Note 1) Peak running ontinuous running H-L2(B) (Note 1) H-LP32(B) (Note 1) Peak running ontinuous running Peak running ontinuous running Peak running ontinuous running H-L52(B) (Note 1) Peak running ontinuous running Notes: 1. : For 3-phase : For 1-phase : For 1-phase 2. This line is drawn only where differs from the other two lines.

15 Motor Specifications and haracteristics H-RP series servo motor specifications Servo motor series Servo motor model H-RP model MR-J3- Power facility capacity (Note 1) (k) ontinuous Rated output (k) running duty Rated torque (N m [oz in]) Maximum torque (N m [oz in]) Rated speed (r/min) Maximum speed (r/min) Permissible instantaneous speed (r/min) Power rate at continuous rated torque (k/s) Rated current () Maximum current () Regenerative braking frequency (times/min) (Note 2) Moment of inertia Standard J ( 1-4 kg m 2 ) [J (oz in 2 )] ith electromagnetic brake Recommended load/motor inertia moment ratio Speed/position detector ttachments Insulation class Structure mbient temperature mbient humidity Environment tmosphere Elevation Servo motor Mass (kg [lb]) ibration (Note 5) Standard ith electromagnetic brake H-RP series (ltra low inertia, medium capacity) 13(B) 153(B) 23(B) 353(B) 53(B) 2/B(-RJ)/T 35/B(-RJ)/T 5/B(-RJ)/T (45) 4.78 (77).37 (92) 11.1 (157) 15.9 (225) 7.95 (113) 11.9 (19) 15.9 (225) 27.9 (395) 39.7 (52) (8.2) 1.9 (1.4) 2.3 (12.) 8.3 (45.4) 12. (5.) 1.85 (1.1) 2.25 (12.3) 2.5 (14.5) 11.8 (4.5) 15.5 (84.7) Maximum of 5 times the servo motor s inertia moment 18-bit encoder (Resolution per encoder/servo motor rotation: p/rev) Oil seal lass F Totally enclosed non ventilated (protection level: IP5) (Note 4) to 4 (32 to 14 F) (non freezing), storage: 15 to 7 (5 to 158 F) (non freezing) 8% RH maximum (non condensing), storage: 9% RH maximum (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust 1m or less above sea level X: 24.5m/s 2 Y: 24.5m/s (8.) 5. (11).2 (14) 12 (27) 17 (38). (14) 7. (1) 8.3 (19) 15 (33) 21 (47) Notes:1. The power facility capacity varies depending on the power supply s impedance. 2. The regenerative braking frequency shows the permissible frequency when the motor, without a load and the optional regeneration unit, decelerates from the rated speed to a stop. hen a load is connected; however, the value will be the table value/(m+1), where m=the load inertia moment/the motor inertia moment. hen the operating speed exceeds the rated speed, the regenerative braking frequency is inversely proportional to the square of (operating speed/rated speed). If the operating speed changes frequently or when the regeneration is constant (as with vertical feeds), find the regenerative heating value () in operation. Provisions must be made to keep this heating value below the tolerable regenerative power (). Optimal regenerative resistor varies for each system. Select the most suitable regenerative resistor by using the Servo Support software. Refer to the section Options Optional regeneration unit in this catalog for details on the tolerable regenerative power (). 3. ontact Mitsubishi if the load/motor of inertia moment ratio exceeds the value in the table. 4. The shaft-through portion is excluded. 5. The vibration direction is shown in the right-side diagram. The numeric value indicates the maximum value of the component (commonly the bracket in the opposite X Y direction of the motor shaft). Fretting of the bearing occurs easily when the motor stops, so maintain vibration to approximately one-half of the allowable value. H-RP series servo motor torque characteristics H-R3(B) (Note 1) H-R53(B) (Note 1) Peak running Peak running H-R3(B) (Note 1) 18 Peak running ontinuous running 7 5 ontinuous running 84 ontinuous running H-RP353(B) (Note 1) H-RP53(B) (Note 1) 3 Peak running Peak running ontinuous running ontinuous running Notes: 1. : For 3-phase 2. 14

16 Motor Specifications and haracteristics H-P series servo motor specifications Servo motor series Servo motor model H-P model MR-J3- Power facility capacity (Note 1) (k) ontinuous Rated output (k) running duty Rated torque (N m [oz in]) Maximum torque (N m [oz in]) Rated speed (r/min) Maximum speed (r/min) Permissible instantaneous speed (r/min) Power rate at continuous rated torque (k/s) Rated current () Maximum current () Regenerative braking frequency (times/min) (Note 2) Moment of inertia Standard J ( 1-4 kg m 2 ) [J (oz in 2 )] ith electromagnetic brake Recommended load/motor inertia moment ratio Speed/position detector ttachments Insulation class Structure mbient temperature mbient humidity Environment tmosphere Servo motor Mass (kg [lb]) Elevation ibration (Note 5) Standard ith electromagnetic brake H-P series (Flat type, medium capacity) 72(B) 152(B) 22(B) 352(B) 52(B) 7/B(-RJ)/T 2/B(-RJ)/T 35/B(-RJ)/T 5/B(-RJ)/T (57) 7.1 (11) 9.55 (135) 1.7 (23) 1.7 (152) 21. (3) 28.5 (44) 5.1 (79) (5.9) 22.1 (121) 38.2 (29) 7.5 (418) 12.5 (8.3) 24.2 (132) 4.8 (25) 85.1 (45) (338) 71. (11) (29) 124 (78) Maximum of 15 times the servo motor s inertia moment 18-bit encoder (Resolution per encoder/servo motor rotation: p/rev) Oil seal lass F Totally enclosed non ventilated (protection level: IP5) (Note 4) to 4 (32 to 14 F) (non freezing), storage: 15 to 7 (5 to 158 F) (non freezing) 8% RH maximum (non condensing), storage: 9% RH maximum (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust 1m or less above sea level X: 24.5m/s 2 Y: 24.5m/s 2 X: 24.5m/s 2 Y: 49m/s 2 8. (18) 11 (25) 1 (3) 2 (44) 24 (53) 1 (22) 13 (29) 22 (49) 2 (58) 3 (7) Notes:1. The power facility capacity varies depending on the power supply s impedance. 2. The regenerative braking frequency shows the permissible frequency when the motor, without a load and the optional regeneration unit, decelerates from the rated speed to a stop. hen a load is connected; however, the value will be the table value/(m+1), where m=the load inertia moment/the motor inertia moment. hen the operating speed exceeds the rated speed, the regenerative braking frequency is inversely proportional to the square of (operating speed/rated speed). If the operating speed changes frequently or when the regeneration is constant (as with vertical feeds), find the regenerative heating value () in operation. Provisions must be made to keep this heating value below the tolerable regenerative power (). Optimal regenerative resistor varies for each system. Select the most suitable regenerative resistor by using the Servo Support software. Refer to the section Options Optional regeneration unit in this catalog for details on the tolerable regenerative power (). 3. ontact Mitsubishi if the load/motor of inertia moment ratio exceeds the value in the table. 4. The shaft-through portion is excluded. 5. The vibration direction is shown in the right-side diagram. The numeric value indicates the maximum value of the component (commonly the bracket in the opposite X Y direction of the motor shaft). Fretting of the bearing occurs easily when the motor stops, so maintain vibration to approximately one-half of the allowable value. H-P series servo motor torque characteristics H-P72(B) (Note 1, 2, 3) H-52(B) (Note 1) Peak running Peak running H-2(B) (Note 1) Peak running ontinuous running ontinuous running ontinuous running H-P352(B) (Note 1) H-P52(B) (Note 1) 4 Peak running ontinuous running ontinuous running Peak running Notes: 1. : For 3-phase : For 1-phase : For 1-phase 2. This line is drawn only where differs from the other two lines.

17 Motor Specifications and haracteristics HF-SP 1r/min series servo motor specifications Servo motor series Servo motor model HF-SP model MR-J3- Servo motor Power facility capacity (Note 1) (k) ontinuous Rated output (k) running duty Rated torque (N m [oz in]) Maximum torque (N m [oz in]) Rated speed (r/min) Maximum speed (r/min) Permissible instantaneous speed (r/min) Power rate at continuous rated torque (k/s) Rated current () Maximum current () Regenerative braking frequency (times/min) (Note 2) Moment of inertia Standard J ( 1-4 kg m 2 ) [J (oz in 2 )] ith electromagnetic brake Recommended load/motor inertia moment ratio Speed/position detector ttachments Insulation class Structure mbient temperature mbient humidity Environment tmosphere Elevation ibration (Note 5) Mass Standard (kg [lb]) ith electromagnetic brake 51(B) /B(-RJ)/T (Note ) (75) 14.3 (22) HF-SP 1r/min series (Medium inertia, medium capacity) 81(B) 121(B) 21(B) 31(B) 1/B(-RJ)/T (Note ) (115) 24.4 (34) /B(-RJ)/T (Note ) (13) 19.1 (27) 34.4 (487) 57.3 (811) /B(-RJ)/T (45) 85.9 (122) /B(-RJ)/T 11.9 (5.1) 17.8 (97.3) 38.3 (29) 75. (41) 97. (53) 154 (842) 14. (7.5) 2. (19) 47.9 (22) 84.7 (43) 17 (585) 14 (897) Maximum of 15 times the servo motor s inertia moment 18-bit encoder (Resolution per encoder/servo motor rotation: p/rev) (Motors with an oil seal are available (HF-SPMJ)) lass F Totally enclosed non ventilated (protection level: IP7) (Note 4) to 4 (32 to 14 F) (non freezing), storage: 15 to 7 (5 to 158 F) (non freezing) 8% RH maximum (non condensing), storage: 9% RH maximum (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust 1m or less above sea level X: 24.5m/s 2 Y: 24.5m/s 2 X: 24.5m/s 2 Y: 49m/s 2 X: 24.5m/s 2 Y: 29.4m/s 2.5 (15) 8.3 (19) 12 (27) 19 (42) 22 (49) 32 (71) 8.5 (19) 1.3 (23) 18 (4) 25 (5) 28 (2) 38 (84) (B) (58) 12 (17) Notes:1. The power facility capacity varies depending on the power supply s impedance. 2. The regenerative braking frequency shows the permissible frequency when the motor, without a load and the optional regeneration unit, decelerates from the rated speed to a stop. hen a load is connected; however, the value will be the table value/(m+1), where m=the load inertia moment/the motor inertia moment. hen the operating speed exceeds the rated speed, the regenerative braking frequency is inversely proportional to the square of (operating speed/rated speed). If the operating speed changes frequently or when the regeneration is constant (as with vertical feeds), find the regenerative heating value () in operation. Provisions must be made to keep this heating value below the tolerable regenerative power (). Optimal regenerative resistor varies for each system. Select the most suitable regenerative resistor by using the Servo Support software. Refer to the section Options Optional regeneration unit in this catalog for details on the tolerable regenerative power (). 3. ontact Mitsubishi if the load/motor of inertia moment ratio exceeds the value in the table. 4. The shaft-through portion is excluded. 5. The vibration direction is shown in the right-side diagram. The numeric value indicates the maximum value of the component (commonly the bracket in the opposite X direction of the motor shaft). Fretting of the bearing occurs easily when the motor stops, so maintain vibration to approximately one-half of the allowable value. Y. To use MR-J3-2 or smaller with the compatible HF-SP 1r/min series, the servo amplifier s software version must be 4 or above. HF-SP 1r/min series servo motor torque characteristics HF-SP51 (B) (Note 1, 2, 3) HF-SP81 (B) (Note 1) 15 1 Peak running Peak running HF-S21 (B) (Note 1) Peak running 84 5 HF-S1 (B) (Note 1) 4 Peak running ontinuous running ontinuous running ontinuous running ontinuous running HF-SP31(B) (Note 1) HF-SP421(B) (Note 1) Peak running ontinuous running Peak running ontinuous running Notes: 1. : For 3-phase : For 1-phase : For 1-phase 2. This line is drawn only where differs from the other two lines. 1

18 Motor Specifications and haracteristics HF-SP 2r/min series servo motor specifications (2 class) Servo motor series Servo motor model HF-SP model MR-J3- Power facility capacity (Note 1) (k) ontinuous Rated output (k) running duty Rated torque (N m [oz in]) Maximum torque (N m [oz in]) Rated speed (r/min) Maximum speed (r/min) Permissible instantaneous speed (r/min) Power rate at continuous rated torque (k/s) Rated current () Maximum current () Regenerative braking frequency (times/min) (Note 2) Moment of inertia Standard J ( 1-4 kg m 2 ) [J (oz in 2 )] ith electromagnetic brake Recommended load/motor inertia moment ratio Speed/position detector ttachments Insulation class Structure mbient temperature mbient humidity Environment tmosphere Elevation ibration (Note 5) Servo motor Mass (kg [lb]) Standard ith electromagnetic brake HF-SP 2r/min series (Medium inertia, medium capacity) 52(B) 12(B) 152(B) 22(B) 352(B) 52(B) 72(B) /B(-RJ)/T 1/B(-RJ)/T 2/B(-RJ)/T 35/B(-RJ)/T 5/B(-RJ)/T 7/B(-RJ)/T (338) 4.77 (75) 7.1 (11) 9.55 (135) 1.7 (23) 23.9 (338) 33.4 (473) 7.1 (11) 14.3 (22) 21.5 (34) 28. (45) 5.1 (79) 71. (11) 1 (142) (33.4) 11.9 (5.1) 17.8 (97.3) 38.3 (29) 75. (41) 97. (53) 154 (842) 8.3 (45.4) 14. (7.5) 2. (19) 47.9 (22) 84.7 (43) 17 (585) 14 (897) Maximum of 15 times the servo motor s inertia moment 18-bit encoder (Resolution per encoder/servo motor rotation: p/rev) (Motors with an oil seal are available (HF-SPMJ)) lass F Totally enclosed non ventilated (protection level: IP7) (Note 4) to 4 (32 to 14 F) (non freezing), storage: 15 to 7 (5 to 158 F) (non freezing) 8% RH maximum (non condensing), storage: 9% RH maximum (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust 1m or less above sea level X: 24.5m/s 2 Y: 24.5m/s 2 X: 24.5m/s 2 Y: 49m/s 2 X: 24.5m/s 2 Y: 29.4m/s (11).5 (15) 8.3 (19) 12 (27) 19 (42) 22 (49) 32 (71).7 (15) 8.5 (19) 1.3 (23) 18 (4) 25 (5) 28 (2) 38 (84) Notes:1. The power facility capacity varies depending on the power supply s impedance. 2. The regenerative braking frequency shows the permissible frequency when the motor, without a load and the optional regeneration unit, decelerates from the rated speed to a stop. hen a load is connected; however, the value will be the table value/(m+1), where m=the load inertia moment/the motor inertia moment. hen the operating speed exceeds the rated speed, the regenerative braking frequency is inversely proportional to the square of (operating speed/rated speed). If the operating speed changes frequently or when the regeneration is constant (as with vertical feeds), find the regenerative heating value () in operation. Provisions must be made to keep this heating value below the tolerable regenerative power (). Optimal regenerative resistor varies for each system. Select the most suitable regenerative resistor by using the Servo Support software. Refer to the section Options Optional regeneration unit in this catalog for details on the tolerable regenerative power () HF-SP 2r/min series servo motor torque characteristics (2 class) 12 HF-SP52 (B) (Note 1, 2, 3) 9 21 HF-S2 (B) (Note 1) HF-S52 (B) (Note 1) HF-S2 (B) (Note 1) 3 84 Peak running 14 1 Peak running Peak running 28 2 Peak running ontinuous running ontinuous running ontinuous running ontinuous running HF-SP352 (B) (Note 1) 15 HF-SP52 (B) (Note 1) HF-SP72 (B) (Note 1) Peak running ontinuous running Peak running ontinuous running Peak running ontinuous running Notes: 1. : For 3-phase : For 1-phase : For 1-phase 2. This line is drawn only where differs from the other two lines.

19 Motor Specifications and haracteristics HF-SP 2r/min series servo motor specifications (4 class) HF-SP 2r/min series (Medium inertia, medium capacity) 524(B) 4/B4(-RJ)/T (338) 7.1 (11) (B) 14/B4(-RJ)/T (75) 14.3 (22) (B) 224(B) 24/B4(-RJ)/T (11) 9.55 (135) 21.5 (34) 28. (45) (B) 354/B4(-RJ)/T (23) 5.1 (79) (B) 54/B4(-RJ)/T (338) 71. (11) (B) 74/B4(-RJ)/T (473) 1 (142) (33.4) 11.9 (5.1) 17.8 (97.3) 38.3 (29) 75. (41) 97. (53) 154 (842) 8.3 (45.4) 14. (7.5) 2. (19) 47.9 (22) 84.7 (43) 17 (585) 14 (897) Maximum of 15 times the servo motor s inertia moment 18-bit encoder (Resolution per encoder/servo motor rotation: p/rev) (Motors with an oil seal are available (HF-SPMJ)) lass F Totally enclosed non ventilated (protection level: IP7) (Note 4) to 4 (32 to 14 F) (non freezing), storage: 15 to 7 (5 to 158 F) (non freezing) 8% RH maximum (non condensing), storage: 9% RH maximum (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust 1m or less above sea level X: 24.5m/s 2 Y: 24.5m/s 2 X: 24.5m/s 2 Y: 49m/s 2 X: 24.5m/s 2 Y: 29.4m/s (11).7 (15) 8.5 (19) 13 (29) 19 (42) 22 (49) 32 (71).7 (15) 8. (19) 11 (25) 19 (42) 25 (5) 28 (2) 38 (84) 3. ontact Mitsubishi if the load/motor of inertia moment ratio exceeds the value in the table. 4. The shaft-through portion is excluded. 5. The vibration direction is shown in the right-side diagram. The numeric value indicates the maximum value of the component (commonly the bracket in the opposite direction of the motor shaft). Fretting of the bearing occurs easily when the motor stops, so maintain vibration to approximately one-half of the allowable value. X Y HF-SP 2r/min series servo motor torque characteristics (4 class) 12 HF-SP524 (B) (Note 1, 2) 9 21 HF-S24 (B) (Note 1, 2) HF-S524 (B) (Note 1, 2) HF-S24 (B) (Note 1, 2) 3 84 Peak running 14 1 Peak running Peak running 28 2 Peak running ontinuous running ontinuous running ontinuous running ontinuous running HF-SP3524 (B) (Note 1, 2) 15 HF-SP524 (B) (Note 1, 2) HF-SP724 (B) (Note 1, 2) Peak running ontinuous running Peak running ontinuous running Peak running ontinuous running Notes: 1. : For 3-phase : For 3-phase

20 Motor Specifications and haracteristics H-LP 1r/min series servo motor specifications (2 class) Servo motor series H-LP 1r/min series (Low inertia, medium/large capacity) Servo motor model H-LP 1(B) 81(B) 12K1(B) 15K1 2K1 25K1 3K1 37K1 model MR-J3-7/B 15K/B 11K/B(-RJ)/T (-RJ)/T (-RJ)/T 22K/B(-RJ)/T 3K/B 37K/B Power facility capacity (Note 1) (k) ontinuous Rated output (k) running duty Rated torque (N m [oz in]) 57.3 (811) 7.4 (18) 115 (13) 143 (22) 191 (27) 239 (338) 28 (45) 353 (5) Maximum torque (N m [oz in]) 172 (244) 229 (324) 344 (487) 415 (588) 477 (75) 597 (845) 71 (11) 883 (125) Rated speed (r/min) 1 Maximum speed (r/min) 12 Permissible instantaneous speed (r/min) 138 Power rate at continuous rated torque (k/s) Rated current () Maximum current () Regenerative braking frequency (times/min) (Note 2) (Note ) 24 (Note ) 23 (Note ) 195 (Note ) 117 (Note ) Moment of inertia Standard 15 (574) 22 (12) 295 (11) 55 (31) 5 (355) 18 (59) 131 (71) 187 (12) J ( 1-4 kg m 2 ) [J (oz in 2 )] ith electromagnetic brake 113 (18) 293 (1) 39 (22) Recommended load/motor inertia moment ratio Maximum of 1 times the servo motor s inertia moment Speed/position detector 18-bit encoder (Resolution per encoder/servo motor rotation: 22144p/rev) ttachments Oil seal Insulation class lass F Structure Totally enclosed ventilated (protection level: IP44) (Note 4) mbient temperature to 4 (32 to 14 F) (non freezing), storage: 15 to 7 (5 to 158 F) (non freezing) mbient humidity 8% RH maximum (non condensing), storage: 9% RH maximum (non condensing) Environment tmosphere Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust Elevation 1m or less above sea level ibration (Note 5) X: 11.7m/s 2 Y: 29.4m/s 2 X: 9.8m/s 2 Y: 9.8m/s 2 Mass Standard 55 (125) 95 (21) 115 (255) 1 (355) 18 (4) 23 (51) 25 (555) 335 (74) (kg [lb]) ith electromagnetic brake 7 (155) 13 (29) 15 (335) 1-phase 2 to 22/5Hz oltage, frequency Power 1-phase 2 to 23/Hz 3-phase 2 to 23 5/Hz Input () 42 (5Hz) / 54 (Hz) 2 (5Hz) / 7 (Hz) 5 (5Hz) / 85 (Hz) 12 (5Hz) / 175 (Hz) Rated current ().21 (5Hz) /.25 (Hz).18 (5Hz) /.17 (Hz).2 (5Hz) /.22 (Hz).5 (5Hz) /.8 (Hz) Servo motor ooling fan Notes:1. The power facility capacity varies depending on the power supply s impedance. 2. The regenerative braking frequency shows the permissible frequency when the motor, without a load and the optional regeneration unit, decelerates from the rated speed to a stop. hen a load is connected; however, the value will be the table value/(m+1), where m=the load inertia moment/the motor inertia moment. hen the operating speed exceeds the rated speed, the regenerative braking frequency is inversely proportional to the square of (operating speed/rated speed). If the operating speed changes frequently or when the regeneration is constant (as with vertical feeds), find the regenerative heating value () in operation. Provisions must be made to keep this heating value below the tolerable regenerative power (). Optimal regenerative resistor varies for each system. Select the most suitable regenerative resistor by using the Servo Support software. Refer to the section Options Optional regeneration unit in this catalog for details on the tolerable regenerative power (). H-LP 1r/min series servo motor torque characteristics (2 class) H-L (B) (Note 1) H-LP81 (B) (Note 1) H-L2K1 (B) (Note 1) Peak running ontinuous running Peak running ontinuous running Peak running 1 ontinuous running HF-L5K1 (B) (Note 1) 45 3 Peak running 15 ontinuous running H-LK1 (B) (Note 1) H-L5K1 (B) (Note 1) H-LP3K1 (B) (Note 1) H-LP37K1 (B) (Note 1) 4 Peak running 2 ontinuous running Peak running ontinuous running Peak running ontinuous running Peak running ontinuous running Notes: 1. : For 3-phase 2.

21 Motor Specifications and haracteristics H-LP 1r/min series servo motor specifications (4 class) H-LP 1r/min series (Low inertia, medium/large capacity) 14(B) 814(B) (Note 7) 12K14(B) 15K14 2K14 25K14 3K14 37K14 74/B4 (-RJ)/T (811) 172 (244) K4/B4 22K4/B4 11K4/B4(-RJ)/T4 3K4/B4 37K4/B4 (-RJ)/T4 (-RJ)/T (18) 115 (13) 229 (324) 344 (487) (22) 415 (588) (27) 477 (75) (338) 597 (845) (45) 71 (11) (5) 883 (125) (Note ) 24 (Note ) 23 (Note ) 195 (Note ) 15 (574) 22 (12) 295 (11) 55 (31) 5 (355) 18 (59) 131 (71) 113 (18) 293 (1) 39 (22) Maximum of 1 times the servo motor s inertia moment 18-bit encoder (Resolution per encoder/servo motor rotation: p/rev) Oil seal lass F Totally enclosed ventilated (protection level: IP44)(Note 4) to 4 (32 to 14 F) (non freezing), storage: 15 to 7 (5 to 158 F) (non freezing) 8% RH maximum (non condensing), storage: 9% RH maximum (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust 1m or less above sea level X: 11.7m/s 2 Y: 29.4m/s 2 X: 9.8m/s 2 Y: 9.8m/s 2 55 (125) 7 (155) 95 (21) 13 (29) 115 (255) 15 (335) 1 (355) 18 (4) 23 (51) 25 (555) 1-phase 2 to 22/5Hz 3-phase 38 to 44/5Hz 3-phase 38 to 4/5Hz 1-phase 2 to 23/Hz 3-phase 38 to 48/Hz 3-phase 38 to 48/Hz 42 (5Hz) / 54 (Hz) 2 (5Hz) / 7 (Hz) 5 (5Hz) / 85 (Hz) 11 (5Hz) / 15 (Hz).21 (5Hz) /.25 (Hz).14 (5Hz) /.11 (Hz).12 (5Hz) /.14 (Hz).2 (5Hz) /.22 (Hz) 187 (12) 335 (74) 3. ontact Mitsubishi if the load/motor of inertia moment ratio exceeds the value in the table. 4. The shaft-through portion is excluded. 5. The vibration direction is shown in the right-side diagram. The numeric value indicates the maximum value of the component (commonly the bracket in the opposite direction of the motor shaft). Fretting of the bearing occurs easily when the motor stops, so maintain vibration to approximately one-half of the allowable value.. The value applies when the external regenerative resistors, GRZG4-MΩ, (standard accessory) are used with cooling fans (2 units of 92 92mm, minimum air flow: 1.m 3 /min). Note that change in the parameter No. is required. 7. ontact your dealer for the delivery schedule and the compatible servo amplifier s software version. X Y H-LP 1r/min series servo motor torque characteristics (4 class) H-L4 (B) (Note 1, 2) H-LP814 (B) (Note 1, 2, 3) H-L2K14 (B) (Note 1, 2) Peak running Peak running Peak running 3 42 H-L5K14 (B) (Note 1, 2) 45 3 Peak running 84 ontinuous running ontinuous running ontinuous running ontinuous running H-LK14 (B) (Note 1, 2) H-L5K14 (B) (Note 1, 2) H-LP3K14 (B) (Note 1, 2) H-LP37K14 (B) (Note 1, 2) 4 Peak running Peak running Peak running Peak running 28 2 ontinuous running ontinuous running ontinuous running ontinuous running Notes: 1. : For 3-phase : For 3-phase The torque characteristics are anticipated values. 2

22 Motor Specifications and haracteristics H-LP 15r/min series servo motor specifications (2 class) Servo motor series H-LP 15r/min series (Low inertia, medium/large capacity) Servo motor model H-LP 71M(B) 11K1M(B) 15K1M(B) 22K1M 3K1M 37K1M model MR-J3- Power facility capacity (Note 1) (k) 7/B(-RJ)/T 1 11K/B(-RJ)/T 1 15K/B(-RJ)/T 22 22K/B(-RJ)/T 33 3K/B 48 37K/B 59 ontinuous Rated output (k) running duty Rated torque (N m [oz in]) 44. (32) 7. (991) 95.5 (135) 14 (198) 191 (27) 23 (334) Maximum torque (N m [oz in]) 134 (19) 21 (297) 28 (45) 35 (49) 477 (75) 589 (834) Rated speed (r/min) 15 Maximum speed (r/min) 2 Permissible instantaneous speed (r/min) 23 Power rate at continuous rated torque (k/s) Rated current () Maximum current () Regenerative braking frequency (times/min) (Note 2) (Note ) (Note ) (Note ) Moment of inertia J ( 1-4 kg m 2 ) [J (oz in 2 )] Standard ith electromagnetic brake 15 (574) 113 (18) 22 (12) 293 (1) 295 (11) 39 (22) 55 (31) 5 (355) 18 (59) Recommended load/motor inertia moment ratio Maximum of 1 times the servo motor s inertia moment Speed/position detector 18-bit encoder (Resolution per encoder/servo motor rotation: p/rev) ttachments Oil seal Insulation class lass F Structure Totally enclosed ventilated (protection level: IP44) (Note 4) mbient temperature to 4 (32 to 14 F) (non freezing), storage: 15 to 7 (5 to 158 F) (non freezing) mbient humidity 8% RH maximum (non condensing), storage: 9% RH maximum (non condensing) Environment tmosphere Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust Elevation 1m or less above sea level ibration (Note 5) X: 11.7m/s 2 Y: 29.4m/s 2 X: 9.8m/s 2 Y: 9.8m/s 2 Mass Standard 55 (125) 95 (21) 115 (255) 1 (355) 18 (4) 23 (51) (kg [lb]) ith electromagnetic brake 7 (155) 13 (29) 15 (335) 1-phase 2 to 22/5Hz oltage, frequency Power 1-phase 2 to 23/Hz 3-phase 2 to 23 5/Hz Input () 42 (5Hz) / 54 (Hz) 2 (5Hz) / 7 (Hz) 5 (5Hz) / 85 (Hz) 12 (5Hz) / 175 (Hz) Rated current ().21 (5Hz) /.25 (Hz).18 (5Hz) /.17 (Hz).2 (5Hz) /.22 (Hz).5 (5Hz) /.8 (Hz) Servo motor ooling fan Notes:1. The power facility capacity varies depending on the power supply s impedance. 2. The regenerative braking frequency shows the permissible frequency when the motor, without a load and the optional regeneration unit, decelerates from the rated speed to a stop. hen a load is connected; however, the value will be the table value/(m+1), where m=the load inertia moment/the motor inertia moment. hen the operating speed exceeds the rated speed, the regenerative braking frequency is inversely proportional to the square of (operating speed/rated speed). If the operating speed changes frequently or when the regeneration is constant (as with vertical feeds), find the regenerative heating value () in operation. Provisions must be made to keep this heating value below the tolerable regenerative power (). Optimal regenerative resistor varies for each system. Select the most suitable regenerative resistor by using the Servo Support software. Refer to the section Options Optional regeneration unit in this catalog for details on the tolerable regenerative power (). H-LP 15r/min series servo motor torque characteristics (2 class) H-LP71M(B) (Note 1) H-L1K1M(B) (Note 1) 15 Peak running Peak running H-L5K1M(B) (Note 1) 3 Peak running ontinuous running ontinuous running ontinuous running H-L2K1M (Note 1) H-LP3K1M (Note 1) Peak running Peak running 15 7 H-LP37K1M (Note 1) 75 5 Peak running Notes: 1. : For 3-phase ontinuous running ontinuous running ontinuous running

23 Motor Specifications and haracteristics H-LP 15r/min series servo motor specifications (4 class) H-LP 15r/min series (Low inertia, medium/large capacity) 71M4(B) 11K1M4(B) 15K1M4(B) 22K1M4 3K1M4 37K1M4 74/B4(-RJ)/T4 11K4/B4(-RJ)/T4 15K4/B4(-RJ)/T4 22K4/B4(-RJ)/T4 3K4/B4 37K4/B (32) 7. (991) 95.5 (135) 14 (198) 191 (27) 23 (334) 134 (19) 21 (297) 28 (45) 35 (49) 477 (75) 589 (834) K1M4 45K4/B (45) 71 (11) K1M4 55K4/B (45) 79 (113) (Note ) 191 (Note ) 12 (Note ) 15 (574) 113 (18) 22 (12) 293 (1) 295 (11) 39 (22) 55 (31) 5 (355) 18 (59) 131 (71) 187 (12) Maximum of 1 times the servo motor s inertia moment 18-bit encoder (Resolution per encoder/servo motor rotation: p/rev) Oil seal lass F Totally enclosed ventilated (protection level: IP44) (Note 4) to 4 (32 to 14 F) (non freezing), storage: 15 to 7 (5 to 158 F) (non freezing) 8% RH maximum (non condensing), storage: 9% RH maximum (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust 1m or less above sea level X: 11.7m/s 2 Y: 29.4m/s 2 X: 9.8m/s 2 Y: 9.8m/s 2 55 (125) 7 (155) 95 (21) 13 (29) 115 (255) 15 (335) 1 (355) 18 (4) 23 (51) 25 (555) 335 (74) 1-phase 2 to 22/5Hz 1-phase 2 to 23/Hz 3-phase 38 to 44/5Hz 3-phase 38 to 48/Hz 3-phase 38 to 4/5Hz 3-phase 38 to 48/Hz 42 (5Hz) / 54 (Hz) 2 (5Hz) / 7 (Hz) 5 (5Hz) / 85 (Hz) 11 (5Hz) / 15 (Hz).21 (5Hz) /.25 (Hz).14 (5Hz) /.11 (Hz).12 (5Hz) /.14 (Hz).2 (5Hz) /.22 (Hz) 3. ontact Mitsubishi if the load/motor of inertia moment ratio exceeds the value in the table. 4. The shaft-through portion is excluded. 5. The vibration direction is shown in the right-side diagram. The numeric value indicates the maximum value of the component (commonly the bracket in the opposite direction of the motor shaft). Fretting of the bearing occurs easily when the motor stops, so maintain vibration to approximately one-half of the allowable value.. The value applies when the external regenerative resistors, GRZG4-MΩ, (standard accessory) are used with cooling fans (2 units of 92 92mm, minimum air flow: 1.m 3 /min). Note that change in the parameter No. is required. X Y H-LP 15r/min series servo motor torque characteristics (4 class) H-LP71M4(B) (Note 1, 2) H-L1K1M4(B) (Note 1, 2) 15 1 Peak running Peak running H-L5K1M4(B) (Note 1, 2) 3 2 Peak running H-L2K1M4 (Note 1, 2) Peak running 7 5 ontinuous running ontinuous running 14 1 ontinuous running 14 1 ontinuous running H-LP3K1M4 (Note 1, 2) 4 2 Peak running ontinuous running H-LP37K1M4 (Note 1, 2) Peak running ontinuous running H-LP45K1M4 (Note 1, 2) Peak running ontinuous running H-LP5K1M4 (Note 1, 2) 9 3 Peak running ontinuous running Notes: 1. : For 3-phase : For 3-phase

24 Motor Specifications and haracteristics H-LP 2r/min series servo motor specifications (2 class) Servo motor series H-LP 2r/min series (Low inertia, medium/large capacity) Servo motor model H-LP K2(B) 15K2(B) 22K2(B) 3K2 37K2 model MR-J3-5/B(-RJ)/T 7/B(-RJ)/T 11K/B(-RJ)/T 15K/B(-RJ)/T 22K/B(-RJ)/T 3K/B 37K/B Power facility capacity (Note 1) (k) ontinuous Rated output (k) running duty Rated torque (N m [oz in]) 23.9 (338) 33.4 (473) 52.5 (743) 71. (11) 15 (149) 143 (22) 177 (251) Maximum torque (N m [oz in]) Rated speed (r/min) 71. (11) 1 (142) 158 (224) 215 (34) 2 23 (372) 358 (57) 442 (2) Maximum speed (r/min) 2 Permissible instantaneous speed (r/min) 23 Power rate at continuous rated torque (k/s) Rated current () Maximum current () Regenerative braking frequency (times/min) (Note 2) (Note ) (Note ) (Note ) Moment of inertia J ( 1-4 kg m 2 ) [J (oz in 2 )] Standard ith electromagnetic brake 74. (45) 94.2 (515) 15 (574) 113 (18) 22 (12) 293 (1) 295 (11) 39 (22) 55 (31) 5 (355) Recommended load/motor inertia moment ratio Maximum of 1 times the servo motor s inertia moment Speed/position detector 18-bit encoder (Resolution per encoder/servo motor rotation: p/rev) ttachments Oil seal Insulation class lass F Structure Totally enclosed non ventilated (protection level: IP5) (Note 4) Totally enclosed ventilated (protection level: IP44) (Note 4) mbient temperature to 4 (32 to 14 F) (non freezing), storage: -15 to 7 (5 to 158 F) (non freezing) mbient humidity 8% RH maximum (non condensing), storage: 9% RH maximum (non condensing) Environment tmosphere Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust Elevation 1m or less above sea level ibration (Note 5) X: 11.7m/s 2 Y: 29.4m/s 2 X: 9.8m/s 2 Y: 9.8m/s 2 Mass Standard 28 (2) 35 (78) 55 (125) 95 (21) 115 (255) 1 (355) 18 (4) (kg [lb]) ith electromagnetic brake 7 (155) 13 (29) 15 (335) 1-phase 2 to 22/5Hz oltage, frequency Power 1-phase 2 to 23/Hz 3-phase 2 to 23 5/Hz Input () 42 (5Hz) / 54 (Hz) 2 (5Hz) / 7 (Hz) 5 (5Hz) / 85 (Hz) Rated current ().21 (5Hz) /.25 (Hz).18 (5Hz) /.17 (Hz).2 (5Hz) /.22 (Hz) Servo motor ooling fan Notes:1. The power facility capacity varies depending on the power supply s impedance. 2. The regenerative braking frequency shows the permissible frequency when the motor, without a load and the optional regeneration unit, decelerates from the rated speed to a stop. hen a load is connected; however, the value will be the table value/(m+1), where m=the load inertia moment/the motor inertia moment. hen the operating speed exceeds the rated speed, the regenerative braking frequency is inversely proportional to the square of (operating speed/rated speed). If the operating speed changes frequently or when the regeneration is constant (as with vertical feeds), find the regenerative heating value () in operation. Provisions must be made to keep this heating value below the tolerable regenerative power (). Optimal regenerative resistor varies for each system. Select the most suitable regenerative resistor by using the Servo Support software. Refer to the section Options Optional regeneration unit in this catalog for details on the tolerable regenerative power (). H-LP 2r/min series servo motor torque characteristics (2 class) H-LP52 (Note 1) H-LP72 (Note 1) 8 Peak running Peak running H-L1K2(B) (Note 1) H-L5K2(B) (Note 1) 2 15 Peak running Peak running ontinuous running ontinuous running ontinuous running ontinuous running H-L2K2(B) (Note 1) H-LP3K2 (Note 1) H-LP37K2 (Note 1) Peak running ontinuous running Peak running ontinuous running Peak running ontinuous running 1 2 Notes: 1. : For 3-phase 2.

25 Motor Specifications and haracteristics H-LP 2r/min series servo motor specifications (4 class) H-LP 2r/min series (Low inertia, medium/large capacity) 11K24(B) 11K4/B4(-RJ)/T (743) 158 (224) K24(B) 15K4/B4(-RJ)/T (11) 215 (34) K24(B) 22K4/B4(-RJ)/T (149) 23 (372) K24 3K4/B (22) 358 (57) K24 37K4/B (251) 442 (2) K24 45K4/B (34) 537 (7) K24 55K4/B (372) 57 (93) (Note ) 144 (Note ) 17 (Note ) 15 (574) 113 (18) 22 (12) 293 (1) 295 (11) 39 (22) 55 (31) 5 (355) Maximum of 1 times the servo motor s inertia moment 18-bit encoder (Resolution per encoder/servo motor rotation: p/rev) Oil seal lass F 18 (59) 131 (71) Totally enclosed ventilated (protection level: IP44) (Note 4) to 4 (32 to 14 F) (non freezing), storage: -15 to 7 (5 to 158 F) (non freezing) 8% RH maximum (non condensing), storage: 9% RH maximum (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust 1m or less above sea level X: 11.7m/s 2 Y: 29.4m/s 2 X: 9.8m/s 2 Y: 9.8m/s 2 55 (125) 7 (155) 95 (21) 13 (29) 115 (255) 15 (335) 1 (355) 18 (4) 23 (51) 1-phase 2 to 22/5Hz 1-phase 2 to 23/Hz 3-phase 38 to 44/5Hz 3-phase 38 to 48/Hz 3-phase 38 to 4/5Hz 3-phase 38 to 48/Hz 42 (5Hz) / 54 (Hz).21 (5Hz) /.25 (Hz) 2 (5Hz) / 7 (Hz).14 (5Hz) /.11 (Hz) 5 (5Hz) / 85 (Hz).12 (5Hz) /.14 (Hz) 25 (555) 11 (5Hz) / 15 (Hz).2 (5Hz) /.22 (Hz) 3. ontact Mitsubishi if the load/motor of inertia moment ratio exceeds the value in the table. 4. The shaft-through portion is excluded. 5. The vibration direction is shown in the right-side diagram. The numeric value indicates the maximum value of the component (commonly the bracket in the opposite direction of the motor shaft). Fretting of the bearing occurs easily when the motor stops, so maintain vibration to approximately one-half of the allowable value.. The value applies when the external regenerative resistors, GRZG4-MΩ, (standard accessory) are used with cooling fans (2 units of 92 92mm, minimum air flow: 1.m 3 /min). Note that change in the parameter No. is required. X Y H-LP 2r/min series servo motor torque characteristics (4 class) H-L1K24(B) (Note 1, 2) H-L5K24(B) (Note 1, 2) H-L2K24(B) (Note 1, 2) 2 15 Peak running Peak running Peak running H-LP3K24 (Note 1, 2) 4 Peak running ontinuous running ontinuous running ontinuous running ontinuous running H-LP37K24 (Note 1, 2) H-LP45K24 (Note 1, 2) 4 2 Peak running ontinuous running Peak running ontinuous running H-LP55K24 (Note 1, 2) Peak running ontinuous running Notes: 1. : For 3-phase : For 3-phase

26 Motor imensions HF-KP53(B), HF-K3(B) HF-MP53(B), HF-M3(B) Encoder connector L ø8h ø3h7 2-ø4.5 mounting hole se hexagonal cap head bolts KL Power supply connector Brake <hen the cables are led out in opposite direction of motor shaft> connector ø4 M Model Power supply connector pin assignment Pin No Signal name Earth Brake connector pin assignment Pin No. Signal name 1 B1 2 B2 ariable dimensions L (nit: mm) KL 7 HF-KP53(B) HF-MP53(B).4 (17.5) Encoder connector Brake connector Power supply connector HF-K3(B) HF-M3(B) 82.4 (123.5) 4.5 HF-K3(B), HF-KP43(B) HF-M3(B), HF-MP43(B) L ø5.8 mounting hole se hexagonal cap head bolts. 45 ø7 M Power supply connector pin assignment Pin No Signal name Earth Encoder connector KL Power supply 57.8 connector Brake connector ø14h ø5h <hen the cables are led out in opposite direction of motor shaft> 1 2 Model Brake connector pin assignment Pin No. Signal name 1 B1 2 B2 ariable dimensions L KL HF-K3(B) HF-M3(B) 7. (11.1) Encoder Power supply connector connector Brake connector HF-KP43(B) HF-MP43(B) 98.5 (138) 1.2 HF-KP73(B) HF-MP73(B) Encoder connector (157) ø19h Power supply connector Brake connector ø7h ø M8 4-ø. mounting hole se hexagonal cap head bolts. <hen the cables are led out in opposite direction of motor shaft> Power supply connector pin assignment Pin No Signal name Earth Brake connector pin assignment Pin No. Signal name 1 B1 2 B2 25 Notes: 1. se a friction coupling to fasten a load. 2. imensions inside ( ) are for the models with an electromagnetic brake. 3. Only for the models with an electromagnetic brake. The electromagnetic brake terminals (B1, B2) do not have polarity. 4. For dimensions where there is no tolerance listed, use general tolerance. 5. imensions for motors with an oil seal (HF-KPMJ and HF-MPMJ) are different from the above. ontact Mitsubishi for details. 7 7 Encoder connector Power supply connector Brake connector

27 Motor imensions (nit: mm) HF-SP51(B), HF-SP81(B) HF-SP52(B) to HF-S52(B), HF-SP524(B) to HF-S52(B) 38.2 (43.5) L M ø9 mounting hole se hexagonal cap head bolts. ø24h ø ø11h7 ø Encoder connector 59 M1-R1P Brake connector 2.9 M1-R2P 13.5 KL Power supply connector MS P Model ariable dimensions 1r/min 2r/min L KL Brake Earth HF-SP52(4)(B) (153) 57.8 Brake connector pin assignment Motor flange direction Power supply connector pin assignment Motor flange direction HF-SP51(B) HF-S2(4)(B) 14.5 (175) 79.8 HF-SP81(B) HF-S52(4)(B) 12.5 (197) 11.8 HF-S21(B) to HF-SP421(B) HF-S2(B) to HF-SP72(B), HF-S24(B) to HF-SP724(B) 38.5 (45.5) L M ø13.5 mounting hole se hexagonal cap head bolts ø ø23 ø ø114.3 KB Encoder connector M1-R1P.5 44 Brake connector K M1-R2P Power supply connector MS P (for 3.5k or smaller and 5k) MS P (for 4.2k and 7k) KL 82 Model ariable dimensions Earth 1r/min 2r/min L KL K KB Brake Brake connector pin assignment Motor flange direction 1, 2, 3 and 4 are screw holes for hanging bolt. For HF-S1(B), HF-SP31(B), HF-SP352(4)(B), HF-SP52(4)(B): 3, 4 For HF-SP421(B), HF-SP72(4)(B): 1, 2, 3, 4 Power supply connector pin assignment Motor flange direction HF-S21(B) HF-S1(B) HF-SP31(B) HF-S2(4)(B) HF-SP352(4)(B) HF-SP52(4)(B) (193) (233) 23.5 (253) Notes: 1. se a friction coupling to fasten a load. 2. imensions inside ( ) are for the models with an electromagnetic brake. 3. Only for the models with an electromagnetic brake. The electromagnetic brake terminals do not have polarity. 4. For dimensions where there is no tolerance listed, use general tolerance. HF-SP421(B) HF-SP72(4)(B) 23.5 (313)

28 Motor imensions (nit: mm) H-LP52(B) to H-L52(B) 38 L M ø9 mounting hole se hexagonal cap head bolts. ø24h 5.9 Oil seal S3457B ø11h7 ø145 ø Encoder connector M1-R1P Power supply connector E P KL Brake Earth E F H G B Power supply connector pin assignment Motor flange direction 44 Model H-LP52(B) ariable dimensions L 144 (177) KL 77 H-L2(B) 14 (197) 97 H-L52(B) (224.5) H-L2(B), H-LP32(B) 38 L M ø13.5 mounting hole se hexagonal cap head bolts Oil seal S48B ø ø ø23 ø Encoder connector M1-R1P Brake connector MS3121SL-4P Power supply connector E P 1 and 2 are screw holes (M8) for hanging bolt. Only for H-LP32(B). KL Brake B Brake connector pin assignment Motor flange direction Earth E F G B Power supply connector pin assignment Motor flange direction 4 Model H-L2(B) ariable dimensions L (24.5) KL H-LP32(B) (29.5) Notes: 1. se a friction coupling to fasten a load. 2. imensions inside ( ) are for the models with an electromagnetic brake. 3. Only for the models with an electromagnetic brake. The electromagnetic brake terminals do not have polarity. 4. For dimensions where there is no tolerance listed, use general tolerance. 27

29 Motor imensions (nit: mm) H-R3(B) to H-R3(B) 38 L M ø9 mounting hole se hexagonal cap head bolts. 5.9 Oil seal S3457B 9 ø24h ø95h7 ø115 ø Earth Brake Encoder connector M1-R1P Power supply connector E P KL E F H G B Power supply connector pin assignment Motor flange direction 44 Model ariable dimensions L KL H-R3(B) (183.5) 9.5 H-R53(B) 17.5 (28.5) 94.5 H-R3(B) (233.5) H-RP353(B), H-RP53(B) 38 L M ø9 mounting hole se hexagonal cap head bolts. 12 ø28h 5.9 Oil seal S3457B ø11h7 ø145 ø15 13 Encoder connector M1-R1P Power supply connector E P KL Brake Earth E F G B Power supply connector pin assignment Motor flange direction 4 Model H-RP353(B) ariable dimensions L (252.5) KL 148 H-RP53(B) (39.5) 25 Notes: 1. se a friction coupling to fasten a load. 2. imensions inside ( ) are for the models with an electromagnetic brake. 3. Only for the models with an electromagnetic brake. The electromagnetic brake terminals do not have polarity. 4. For dimensions where there is no tolerance listed, use general tolerance. 28

30 Motor imensions (nit: mm) H-P72(B), H-52(B) 38 L M screw 4 M ø13.5 mounting hole se hexagonal cap head bolts. ø23 ø215 ø2 5.9 Oil seal S3457B øsh ø Encoder connector M1-R1P KL Power supply connector E P Brake Earth E F H G B Power supply connector pin assignment Motor flange direction 44 Model H-P72(B) ariable dimensions L 19 (142.5) KL 38 S 22 H-52(B) (152) H-2(B) to H-P52(B) 38 L M8 screw 37.5 M ø13.5 mounting hole se hexagonal cap head bolts. ø25 ø ø27 ø Oil seal S48B ø2h7 15 Encoder connector M1-R1P Brake connector MS3121SL-4P KL Brake Power supply connector E P B Brake connector pin assignment Motor flange direction Earth 47 E F G B Power supply connector pin assignment Motor flange direction Model H-2(B) ariable dimensions L 11.5 (159.5) KL 42.5 H-P352(B) 14.5 (183.5).5 H-P52(B) 14.5 (27.5) Notes: 1. se a friction coupling to fasten a load. 2. imensions inside ( ) are for the models with an electromagnetic brake. 3. Only for the models with an electromagnetic brake. The electromagnetic brake terminals do not have polarity. 4. For dimensions where there is no tolerance listed, use general tolerance.

31 Motor imensions (nit: mm) H-LP52 Power supply connector E P Encoder connector M1-R1P Hanging bolt M ø14.5 mounting hole se hexagonal cap head bolts. ø M8 screw E F G B H-LP72 Power supply connector E P Encoder connector M1-R1P Hanging bolt M ø14.5 mounting hole se hexagonal cap head bolts. 5.9 ø42h ø18h ø42h ø18h ø25 Oil seal S589B Earth Power supply connector pin assignment Motor flange direction ø215 ø M8 screw Oil seal S589B B Earth Power supply connector pin assignment Motor flange direction Notes: 1. se a friction coupling to fasten a load. 2. For dimensions where there is no tolerance listed, use general tolerance. 3

32 Motor imensions (nit: mm) H-L(B), H-L4(B) H-LP71M(B), H-LP71M4(B) H-L1K2(B), H-L1K24(B) Encoder connector M1-R1P Brake connector MS3121SL-4P (Note 4) Hanger screw hole Bolt: M1 2 (Note 4) 2 48 (55) 85 M (498) 22 (334) 3-hanger*1 93 (Note 4) ø14.5 mounting hole se hexagonal cap head bolts. 2 3 (Note ) ø44 hole 171 Exhaust air (Note 4) (Note 4) (Note 4) ooling fan rotating direction 12 Suction air ø42h 5.2 ø18h7 ø215 ø25 (Note 5) 31 Brake (Note 4) B M8 screw Oil seal S589B (standard) S4529B (with electromagnetic brake) Brake connector pin assignment Motor flange direction *1 hen using the motor without the hanger, plug the threaded hole with a bolt of M1 2 or shorter. *2 The terminal block on the terminal box housing consists of M screws for the motor power supply (,, ), and M4 screws for the cooling fan (B, B) and for the thermal protector (OHS1, OHS2). H-LP81(B), H-L2K1(B), H-LP814(B) (Note 7), H-L2K14(B) H-L1K1M(B), H-L5K1M(B), H-L1K1M4(B) (Note 7), H-L5K1M4(B) H-L5K2(B), H-L2K2(B), H-L5K24(B), H-L2K24(B) Encoder connector M1-R1P Brake connector MS3121SL-4P (Note 4) (Note ) ø44 hole ooling fan rotating direction Suction air L KL LT 3-hanger *1 Exhaust air (Note 4) 25 (Note 4) ø55m. ø23h7 M ø14.5 mounting hole se hexagonal cap head bolts. ø25 Hanger screw hole Bolt: M12 22 (Note 4) 37 (Note 5) M1 screw ø3 Oil seal S79513B (standard) S829B (with electromagnetic brake) Hanger screw hole Bolt: M12 22 (Note 4) Model ariable dimensions Brake (Note 4) B 1r/min H-LP81(B) H-LP814(B) H-L2K1(B) H-L2K14(B) 15r/min H-L1K1M(B) H-L1K1M4(B) H-L5K1M(B) H-L5K1M4(B) 2r/min H-L5K2(B) H-L5K24(B) H-L2K2(B) H-L2K24(B) L KL LT 495 (1) 449 (5) 28 (397) 555 (7) 59 (2) 34 (457) Brake connector pin assignment Motor flange direction *1 hen using the motor without the hanger, plug the threaded hole with a bolt of M12 2 or shorter. *2 The terminal block on the terminal box housing consists of M8 screws for the motor power supply (,, ), and M4 screws for the cooling fan (B, B, B) and for the thermal protector (OHS1, OHS2). 31 Notes: 1. se a friction coupling to fasten a load. 2. For dimensions where there is no tolerance listed, use general tolerance. 3. imensions inside ( ) are for the models with an electromagnetic brake. 4. Only for the models with an electromagnetic brake. The electromagnetic brake terminals do not have polarity. 5. Leave a clearance of at least 1mm between the motor s suction side and wall.. Make sure that oil, water and dust, etc., will not enter the motor from the lead-in hole. 7. ontact your dealer for the delivery schedule or the compatible servo amplifier s software version.

33 Motor imensions (nit: mm) H-L5K1, H-LK1, H-L5K14, H-LK14 (Note 7) H-L2K1M, H-L2K1M4 (Note 7), H-LP3K1M4 H-LP3K24, H-LP37K24 Encoder connector M1-R1P L KL LT ø51 hole 1-hanger 25 5 (Note 5) (Note 4) M ø19 mounting hole se hexagonal cap head bolts. Exhaust air ooling fan rotating direction 152 Suction air øm ø25h7 F Model ariable dimensions 1r/min 15r/min 2r/min L KL LT F FB H-L5K1 H-L5K14 H-L2K1M H-L2K1M4 H-LP3K H-LK1 H-LK14 H-LP3K1M4 H-LP37K * The terminal block on the terminal box housing consists of M8 screws for the motor power supply (,, ), and M4 screws for the cooling fan (B, B, B) and for the thermal protector (OHS1, OHS2). H-L5K1, H-LP3K1, H-L5K14, H-LP3K14 H-LP37K1M, H-LP37K1M4, H-LP45K1M4 H-LP45K24, H-LP55K Encoder connector M1-R1P 138 ø3 hole (Note 5) L KL LT 1-hanger (Note 4) 25 Exhaust air 5 14 M ø19 mounting hole se hexagonal cap head bolts M12 screw ø35 ø FB F Oil seal S5913B 18 4-ø15 mounting hole ooling fan rotating direction 184 Suction air ø5m ø3h7 3 9 M1 screw ø4 ø F FB F 121 Oil seal S79513B 4-ø19 mounting hole Model ariable dimensions 1r/min 15r/min 2r/min L LT KL F FB H-L5K1 H-L5K14 H-LP37K1M H-LP37K1M4 H-LP45K H-LP3K1 H-LP3K14 H-LP45K1M4 H-LP55K * The terminal block on the terminal box housing consists of M1 screws for the motor power supply (,, ), and M4 screws for the cooling fan (B, B, B) and for the thermal protector (OHS1, OHS2). Notes: 1. se a friction coupling to fasten a load. 2. For dimensions where there is no tolerance listed, use general tolerance. 3. Leave a clearance of at least 15mm between the motor's suction side and wall. 4. hen using the motor without the hanger, plug the threaded hole with a bolt of M1 2 or shorter. 5. Make sure that oil, water and dust, etc., will not enter the motor from the lead-in hole.. hen mounting the motor with the shaft horizontal, fix the motor either with the feet or the flange, keeping the feet downward. Note that when fixing the motor with the flange, also fix the feet to support the motor. 7. ontact your dealer for the delivery schedule or the compatible servo amplifier s software version. 32

34 Motor imensions H-LP3K1M H-LP3K2, H-LP37K2 (nit: mm) Encoder connector M1-R1P 28 L ø3 hole (Note 5) KL LT 1-hanger (Note 4) M ø19 mounting hole se hexagonal cap head bolts. Exhaust air ooling fan rotating direction Suction air 14 øm ø25h M12 screw ø35 ø F FB F Oil seal S5913B 18 4-ø15 mounting hole Model ariable dimensions 15r/min 2r/min L LT KL F FB H-LP3K H-LP3K1M H-LP37K * The terminal block on the terminal box housing consists of M1 screws for the motor power supply (,, ), and M4 screws for the cooling fan (B, B, B) and for the thermal protector (OHS1, OHS2). H-LP37K1, H-LP37K14 H-LP5K1M Encoder connector M1-R1P 138 ø3 hole (Note 5) hanger (Note 4) 25 Exhaust air 5 17 M ø19 mounting hole se hexagonal cap head bolts. 28 ooling fan rotating direction 184 Suction air ø8m ø3h7 3 9 M1 screw ø35 ø Oil seal S851113B ø24 mounting hole 349 * The terminal block on the terminal box housing consists of M1 screws for the motor power supply (,, ), and M4 screws for the cooling fan (B, B, B) and for the thermal protector (OHS1, OHS2). Notes: 1. se a friction coupling to fasten a load. 2. For dimensions where there is no tolerance listed, use general tolerance. 3. Leave a clearance of at least 15mm between the motor's suction side and wall. 4. hen using the motor without the hanger, plug the threaded hole with a bolt of M1 2 or shorter. 5. Make sure that oil, water and dust, etc., will not enter the motor from the lead-in hole.. hen mounting the motor with the shaft horizontal, fix the motor either with the feet or the flange, keeping the feet downward. Note that when fixing the motor with the flange, also fix the feet to support the motor. 33

35 Motor Special Specifications Electromagnetic brake specifications (Note 1) Motor model Type Rated voltage Brake static friction (N m) torque (oz in) Power consumption () at 2 (8 F) Permissible (J)/time braking work (J)/hour 53B HF-KP/HF-MP 13B 23B 43B Spring-action safety brake 24-1 % B B B HF-SP 1r/min 121B 21B Spring-action safety brake 24-1 % B B Brake life (Note 2) (Braking work per braking action) Times 2 (5.J) 2 (5.J) 2 (22J) 2 (22J) 2 (4J) 2 (2J) 2 (2J) 2 (1J) 2 (1J) 2 (1J) 2 (1J) Motor model Type Rated voltage Brake static friction (N m) torque (oz in) Power consumption () at 2 (8 F) Permissible (J)/time braking work (J)/hour Brake life (Note 2) (Braking work per Times braking action) HF-SP 2r/min 52B/524B 12B/124B 152B/1524B 22B/224B 352B/3524B 52B/524B 72B/724B Spring-action safety brake 24-1 % (2J) 2 (2J) 2 (2J) 2 (1J) 2 (1J) 2 (1J) 2 (1J) Motor model Type Rated voltage Brake static friction (N m) torque (oz in) Power consumption () at 2 (8 F) Permissible (J)/time braking work (J)/hour Brake life (Note 2) (Braking work per Times braking action) H-LP H-RP 52B 12B 152B 22B 32B 13B 152B 23B 353B 53B Spring-action safety brake Spring-action safety brake 24-1 % 24-1 % (2J) 2 (2J) 2 (2J) 2 (1J) 2 (1J) 2 (2J) 2 (2J) 2 (2J) 2 (2J) 2 (2J) Brake life (Note 2) (Braking work per braking action) Motor model Type Rated voltage Brake static friction (N m) torque (oz in) Power consumption () at 2 (8 F) Permissible (J)/time braking work (J)/hour Times H-P H-LP 1r/min 72B 152B 22B 352B 52B 1B/14B 81B/814B 12K1B/12K14B Spring-action safety brake Spring-action safety brake 24-1 % 24-1 % (2J) 2 (2J) 2 (1J) 2 (1J) 2 (1J) 2 (1J) 2 (3J) 2 (3J) Motor model Type Rated voltage Brake static friction (N m) torque (oz in) Power consumption () at 2 (8 F) Permissible (J)/time braking work (J)/hour Brake life (Note 2) (Braking work per braking action) Times H-LP 15r/min H-LP 2r/min 71MB/71M4B 11K1MB/11K1M4B 15K1MB/15K1M4B 11K2B/11K24B 15K2B/15K24B 22K2B/22K24B Spring-action safety brake Spring-action safety brake 24-1 % 24-1 % (1J) 2 (3J) 2 (3J) 2 (1J) 2 (3J) 2 (3J) Notes: 1. The electromagnetic brake is for holding. It cannot be used for deceleration applications. 2. The brake gap cannot be adjusted. The brake life shows time until the readjustment is needed. 34

36 Motor Special Specifications Special shaft end specifications Motors with the following specifications are available. HF-KP/HF-MP series -cut shaft (Note 1) (5, 1) ø8h Keyway shaft with key (Note 1) (2, 4, 75) Motor model HF-KPMK HF-MPMK apacity () 2, 4 75 T 5 S 14h 19h R 3 4 ariable dimensions Q QK QL Y M4 screw epth: 15mm M5 screw epth: 2mm R Q QK QL (nit: mm) øs T - Y (nit: mm) HF-SP, H-LP, H-RP, H-P, H-LP series Keyway shaft without key (Note 1, 2) R Motor model HF-SPMK H-LPMK apacity (k).5 to to 7. ariable dimensions S R Q QK QL r Y h Fig. Q QK QL øs H-RPMK 1., 1.5, , 5. 24h 28h M8 screw epth: 2mm r - Y H-PMK h 28h Fig. 2., 3.5, R Motor model (H-LPMK) 1, 14, 71M, 71M4, 52, 72, 11K2, 11K24 81, 12K1, 814, 12K14, 11K1M, 15K1M, 11K1M4,15K1M4, 15K2, 22K2, 15K24, 22K24 15K1, 2K1, 15K14, 2K14, 22K1M, 3K1M, 22K1M4, 3K1M4, 3K2, 37K2, 3K24, 37K24 25K1, 3K1, 25K14, 3K14, 37K1M, 37K1M4, 45K1M4, 45K24, 55K24 37K1, 37K14, 5K1M4 ariable dimensions S R Q QK QL r Y h m m m m Same as standard motor s straight shaft. Fig. B Q QK QL Fig.B r - øs Y (nit: mm) Notes: 1. The motors with the keyway shaft (with/without key) and the -cut shaft cannot be used in frequent start/stop applications. 2. key is not supplied with the motor. The key shall be installed by the user. 3. For HF-S21K, the variable dimensions are same as the lower row, 2. to 7.k. 35

37 Peripheral Equipment (MR-J3-) onnections with peripheral equipment (Note 1) Peripheral equipment is connected to MR-J3- as described below. onnectors, options, and other necessary equipment are available so that users can set up MR-J3- easily and begin using it right away. Power supply 3-phase 2 to 23 or 1-phase 2 to 23 or 3-phase 38 to 48 isplay panel isplays monitoring data, parameters, and alarms. Setting section Parameter settings and monitoring etc. are executed with push buttons. SB communication (N5) (option) Monitoring, batch parameter entry and saving, graph display and test operation can be performed with MR onfigurator (setup software) when connecting to user s personal computer. Optional SB cable (MR-J3SBBM) is necessary. ircuit breaker (NFB) sed to protect the power supply line. <ith front cover open> Magnetic contactor (M) sed to turn off the servo amplifier s power when an alarm has been triggered. MR-J3- nalog monitor output (N): Option The speed or torque s analog signal is output. (2ch) RS-422 communication (N3) The parameter unit or GOT can be connected. (Note 2) Parameter unit MR-PR3 GOT Power factor improvement reactor (FR-BEL) Optional regeneration unit (option) Install this unit in situations involving frequent regeneration and large load inertia moments. onnect this unit referring to MR-J3-M SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL. P harge lamp Illuminates when the main circuit power supply is ON. o not plug/unplug power lines when this lamp is ON. Junction terminal block (option) ll signals can be received easily at this terminal block without connecting the signals to the connector. Motor power supply cable (option) Positioning controllers MR-J3- can be connected to a Mitsubishi controller or any pulse train output controller. Servo motor (The picture is of HF-K3.) Encoder cable (option) Battery (option) The battery (MR-J3BT) is required when the servo system is in absolute mode. Leave the control circuit power supply ON while replacing the battery. Not required when the servo system is in incremental mode. FX 2N-1GM FX 2N-2GM FX 2N-1PG FX 2N-1PG Q75P Q75, 2, 4 1, 2, 4 1S75P to 3 ontrol signal (for operation panel) onnected to the programmable controller s I/O port or the machine s operation panel. Notes: 1. Refer to MR-J3-M SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for the actual connections. 2. personal computer can be connected using a RS-422/RS-232 conversion cable (refer to the section Ordering Information for ustomers in this catalog). In this case, some functions of MR onfigurator (setup software) may be limited. 3. The connections with peripheral equipment shown above is for the MR-J3-35 or smaller servo amplifier. 3

38 mplifier Specifications MR-J3- servo amplifier specifications: 1/2, 22k or smaller model MR-J K 15K 22K Main circuit power supply oltage/frequency (Note 1, 2) Permissible voltage fluctuation 3-phase 2 to 23 5/Hz or 1-phase 2 to 23 5/Hz (Note 1) For 3-phase 2 to 23: 3-phase17 to 253 For 1-phase 2 to 23: 1-phase17 to phase 2 to 23 5/Hz 3-phase 17 to phase 1 to 12 5/Hz 1-phase 85 to 132 Permissible frequency fluctuation ±5% maximum ontrol circuit power supply Interface power supply Regenerative resistor/ tolerable regenerative power () (Note 3, 4) ontrol system ynamic brake Safety features oltage/frequency Permissible voltage fluctuation Permissible frequency fluctuation Power consumption () Built-in regenerative resistor External regenerative resistor (Standard accessory) (Note 5, ) 1-phase 2 to 23 5/Hz (Note 1) phase 17 to phase 2 to 23 5/Hz ±5% maximum 24 ±1% (required current capacity: 3m (Note 7)) phase 1 to 12 5/Hz 1-phase 85 to 132 Sine-wave PM control/current control system Built-in (Note 8, 13) External option Built-in (Note 8, 13) Overcurrent shutdown, regeneration overvoltage shutdown, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), servo motor overheat protection, encoder fault protection, regeneration fault protection, undervoltage/sudden power outage protection, overspeed protection, excess error protection (8) 85 (13) 85 (13) Position control mode Speed control mode Maximum input pulse frequency Positioning feedback pulse ommand pulse multiple Positioning complete width setting Excess error Torque limit Speed control nalog speed command input Speed fluctuation rate 1Mpps (when using differential receiver), 2kpps (when using open collector), (4Mpps (Note 11)) Resolution per encoder/servo motor rotation: p/rev Electronic gear /B multiple, : 1 to 14857, B: 1 to 14857, 1/1 < /B < 2 to ±1 pulses (command pulse unit) ±3 rotations Set by parameters or external analog input ( to +1/maximum torque) nalog speed command 1:2, internal speed command 1:5 to ±1/rated speed (possible to change the speed in 1 using the parameter No. 2.) (Note 12) ±.1% maximum (load fluctuation to 1%) % (power fluctuation ±1%) ±.2% maximum (ambient temperature 25 ±1 (59 F to 95 F)), when using analog speed command Torque limit Set by parameters or external analog input ( to +1/maximum torque) (Note 12) Torque control mode Structure Environment Mass (kg [lb]) nalog torque command input Speed limit mbient temperature (Note ) mbient humidity tmosphere Elevation ibration to ±8/maximum torque (input impedance 1 to 12kΩ) (Note 12) Self-cooling open (IP) Fan cooling open (IP) Self-cooling open (IP) to 55 (32 to 131 F) (non freezing), storage: 2 to 5 (4 to 149 F) (non freezing) 9% RH maximum (non condensing), storage: 9% RH maximum (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust 1m or less above sea level 5.9m/s 2 maximum.8 (1.8).8 (1.8) 1. (2.2) Set by parameters or external analog input ( to ±1/rated speed) 1. (2.2) 1.4 (3.1) 1.4 (3.1) 2.1 (4.) 2.3 (5.1) 4. (1).2 (14) 18 (4) 18 (4) 19 (42).8 (1.8).8 (1.8) 1. (2.2) 37 Notes:1. Rated output and speed of a servo motor are applicable when the servo amplifier, combined with the servo motor, is operated within the specified power supply voltage and frequency. Torque drops when the power supply voltage is below the specified value. 2. For torque characteristics when combined with a servo motor, refer to the section Servo motor torque characteristics in this catalog. 3. Optimal regenerative resistor varies for each system. Select the most suitable regenerative resistor by using the capacity selection software. 4. Refer to the section Options Optional regeneration unit in this catalog for the tolerable regenerative power (). 5. The servo amplifier (MR-J3-MK-PX) without an enclosed regenerative resistor is also available.. The value in ( ) applies when the external regenerative resistors, GRZG4-MΩ, (standard accessory) are used with cooling fans (2 units of 92 92mm, minimum air flow: 1.m 3 /min). Note that change in the parameter No. is required. 7. 3m is the value when all of the input/output points are used. The current capacity can be stepped down according to the number of input/output points in use. Refer to MR-J3-M SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details. 8. Special specification models without a dynamic brake, MR-J3-M -E and MR-J3-M1-E, are also available for 7k or smaller servo amplifier. 9. The MR-J3-35 or smaller servo amplifier can be installed closely. In this case, keep the ambient temperature within to 45 (32 to 113 F), or use the servo amplifier with 75% or less of the effective load rate. 1. The special specification model, MR-J3-M-4, is also available for 1-phase 2 to Mpps compatible servo amplifier (MR-J3-M(1)-KE) is also available. 12. High resolution analog speed command and analog torque command is available with a set of MR-J3-M(1)-RJ4 and the extension IO unit, MR-J hen using the built-in dynamic brake, refer to MR-J3-M SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for the permissible load inertia moment ratio.

39 mplifier Specifications MR-J3- servo amplifier specifications: 2, 3k or larger rive unit Main circuit power supply ontrol circuit power supply Interface power supply ontrol system ynamic brake Safety features Position control mode Speed control mode rive unit model oltage/frequency (Note 1) Permissible voltage fluctuation Permissible frequency fluctuation oltage/frequency Permissible voltage fluctuation Permissible frequency fluctuation Power consumption () Maximum input pulse frequency Positioning feedback pulse ommand pulse multiple Positioning complete width setting Excess error Torque limit Speed control nalog speed command input Speed fluctuation rate MR-J3-3K The drive unit s main circuit power is supplied from the converter unit. 1-phase 2 to 23 5/Hz 1-phase 17 to 253 ±5% maximum ±1% (required current capacity: 3m ) Sine-wave PM control/current control system External option MR-J3-37K Overcurrent shutdown, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), servo motor overheat protection, encoder fault protection, undervoltage/sudden power outage protection, overspeed protection, excess error protection 1Mpps (when using differential receiver), 2kpps (when using open collector) Resolution per encoder/servo motor rotation: p/rev Electronic gear /B multiple, : 1 to 14857, B: 1 to 14857, 1/1 < /B < 2 to ±1 pulses (command pulse unit) ±3 rotations Set by parameters or external analog input ( to +1/maximum torque) nalog speed command 1:2, internal speed command 1:5 to ±1/rated speed (possible to change the speed in 1 using the parameter No. 2.) ±.1% maximum (load fluctuation to 1%) % (power fluctuation ±1%) ±.2% maximum (ambient temperature 25 ±1 (59 F to 95 F)), when using analog speed command onverter unit rive unit/ onverter unit Torque control mode Structure Mass (kg [lb]) onverter unit model oltage/frequency (Note 1, 2) Main circuit Permissible voltage fluctuation power supply Permissible frequency fluctuation oltage/frequency ontrol circuit Permissible voltage fluctuation power supply Permissible frequency fluctuation Power consumption () Interface power supply Safety features Torque limit nalog torque command input Speed limit Structure Mass (kg [lb]) mbient temperature mbient humidity Environment tmosphere Elevation ibration Set by parameters or external analog input ( to +1/maximum torque) to ±8/maximum torque (input impedance 1 to 12kΩ) Set by parameters or external analog input ( to ±1/rated speed) Fan cooling open (IP) 2 (57) MR-J3-R55K 3-phase 2 to 23 5/Hz 3-phase 17 to 253 ±5% maximum 1-phase 2 to 23 5/Hz 1-phase 17 to 253 ±5% maximum ±1% (required current capacity: 13m ) Regeneration overvoltage shutdown, regeneration fault protection, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), undervoltage/sudden power outage protection Fan cooling open (IP) 25 (55) to 55 (32 to 131 F) (non freezing), storage: 2 to 5 (4 to 149 F) (non freezing) 9% RH maximum (non condensing), storage: 9% RH maximum (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust 1m or less above sea level 5.9m/s 2 maximum Notes:1. Rated output and speed of a servo motor are applicable when the drive unit and the converter unit, combined with the servo motor, are operated within the specified power supply voltage and frequency. Torque drops when the power supply voltage is below the specified value. 2. For torque characteristics when combined with a servo motor, refer to the section Servo motor torque characteristics in this catalog. 3. The interface power supply can be shared with the drive unit and the converter unit. hen all of the input/output points are used, 3m is required for the drive unit, and 13m is required for the converter unit. The current capacity can be stepped down according to the number of input/output points in use. Refer to MR-J3-M SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details. 38

40 mplifier Specifications MR-J3- servo amplifier specifications: 4, 22k or smaller Main circuit power supply ontrol circuit power supply model MR-J3- Interface power supply Regenerative resistor/ tolerable regenerative power () (Note 3, 4) ontrol system ynamic brake Safety features oltage/frequency (Note 1, 2) Permissible voltage fluctuation Permissible frequency fluctuation oltage/frequency Permissible voltage fluctuation Permissible frequency fluctuation Power consumption () Built-in regenerative resistor External regenerative resistor (Standard accessory) (Note 5, ) K4 15K4 22K phase 38 to 48 5/Hz 3-phase 323 to 528 ±5% maximum 1-phase 38 to 48 5/Hz 1-phase 323 to 528 ±5% maximum ±1% (required current capacity: 3m (Note 7)) Sine-wave PM control/current control system Built-in (Note 8, 1) 13 (Note 9) 17 (Note 9) External option Overcurrent shutdown, regeneration overvoltage shutdown, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), servo motor overheat protection, encoder fault protection, regeneration fault protection, undervoltage/sudden power outage protection, overspeed protection, excess error protection 5 (8) 85 (13) 85 (13) Position control mode Speed control mode Maximum input pulse frequency Positioning feedback pulse ommand pulse multiple Positioning complete width setting Excess error Torque limit Speed control nalog speed command input Speed fluctuation rate 1Mpps (when using differential receiver), 2kpps (when using open collector) Resolution per encoder/servo motor rotation: p/rev Electronic gear /B multiple, : 1 to 14857, B: 1 to 14857, 1/1 < /B < 2 to ±1 pulses (command pulse unit) ±3 rotations Set by parameters or external analog input ( to +1/maximum torque) nalog speed command 1:2, internal speed command 1:5 to ±1/rated speed (possible to change the speed in 1 using the parameter No. 2.) (Note 11) ±.1% maximum (load fluctuation to 1%) % (power fluctuation ±1%) ±.2% maximum (ambient temperature 25 ±1 (59 F to 95 F)), when using analog speed command Torque limit Set by parameters or external analog input ( to +1/maximum torque) (Note 11) Torque control mode Structure Environment Mass (kg [lb]) nalog torque command input Speed limit mbient temperature (Note ) mbient humidity tmosphere Elevation ibration Self-cooling open (IP) 1.7 (3.7) to ±8/maximum torque (input impedance 1 to 12kΩ) (Note 11) Fan cooling open (IP) to 55 (32 to 131 F) (non freezing), storage: 2 to 5 (4 to 149 F) (non freezing) 9% RH maximum (non condensing), storage: 9% RH maximum (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust 1.7 (3.7) Set by parameters or external analog input ( to ±1/rated speed) 2.1 (4.) 1m or less above sea level 5.9m/s 2 maximum 4. (1) 4. (1).2 (14) 18 (4) 18 (4) 19 (42) Notes:1. Rated output and speed of a servo motor are applicable when the servo amplifier, combined with the servo motor, is operated within the specified power supply voltage and frequency. Torque drops when the power supply voltage is below the specified value. 2. For torque characteristics when combined with a servo motor, refer to the section Servo motor torque characteristics in this catalog. 3. Optimal regenerative resistor varies for each system. Select the most suitable regenerative resistor by using the capacity selection software. 4. Refer to the section Options Optional regeneration unit in this catalog for the tolerable regenerative power (). 5. The servo amplifier (MR-J3-MK4-PX) without an enclosed regenerative resistor is also available.. The value in ( ) applies when the external regenerative resistors, GRZG4-MΩ, (standard accessory) are used with cooling fans (2 units of 92 92mm, minimum air flow: 1.m 3 /min). Note that change in the parameter No. is required. 7. 3m is the value when all of the input/output points are used. The current capacity can be stepped down according to the number of input/output points in use. Refer to MR-J3-M SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details. 8. Special specification models without a dynamic brake, MR-J3-M4 -E, are also available for 7k or smaller servo amplifier. 9. The amplifier built-in resistor is compatible with the maximum torque deceleration when the motor is used within the rated speed and the recommended load/motor inertia moment ratio. ontact Mitsubishi if the operating motor speed and the load/motor inertia moment ratio exceed the rated speed and the recommended ratio. 1. hen using the built-in dynamic brake, refer to MR-J3-M SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for the permissible load inertia moment ratio. 11. For the servo amplifier 11k to 22k, high resolution analog speed command and analog torque command is available with a set of MR-J3-M4-RJ4 and the extension IO unit, MR- J3-1. 7k or smaller, compatible with high resolution analog speed torque command, will be available. 39

41 mplifier Specifications MR-J3- servo amplifier specifications: 4, 3k or larger Main circuit power supply ontrol circuit power supply rive unit model Interface power supply ontrol system ynamic brake oltage/frequency (Note 1) Permissible voltage fluctuation Permissible frequency fluctuation oltage/frequency Permissible voltage fluctuation Permissible frequency fluctuation Power consumption () MR-J3-3K4 MR-J3-37K4 MR-J3-45K4 The drive unit s main circuit power is supplied from the converter unit. 1-phase 38 to 48 5/Hz 1-phase 323 to 528 ±5% maximum ±1% (required current capacity: 3m ) Sine-wave PM control/current control system External option MR-J3-55K4 rive unit Safety features Position control mode Speed control mode Maximum input pulse frequency Positioning feedback pulse ommand pulse multiple Positioning complete width setting Excess error Torque limit Speed control nalog speed command input Speed fluctuation rate Overcurrent shutdown, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), servo motor overheat protection, encoder fault protection, undervoltage/sudden power outage protection, overspeed protection, excess error protection 1Mpps (when using differential receiver), 2kpps (when using open collector) Resolution per encoder/servo motor rotation: p/rev Electronic gear /B multiple, : 1 to 14857, B: 1 to 14857, 1/1 < /B < 2 to ±1 pulses (command pulse unit) ±3 rotations Set by parameters or external analog input ( to +1/maximum torque) nalog speed command 1:2, internal speed command 1:5 to ±1/rated speed (possible to change the speed in 1 using the parameter No. 2.) ±.1% maximum (load fluctuation to 1%) % (power fluctuation ±1%) ±.2% maximum (ambient temperature 25 ±1 (59 F to 95 F)), when using analog speed command Torque control mode Torque limit nalog torque command input Speed limit Set by parameters or external analog input ( to +1/maximum torque) to ±8/maximum torque (input impedance 1 to 12kΩ) Set by parameters or external analog input ( to ±1/rated speed) onverter unit Structure Fan cooling open (IP) Mass (kg [lb]) 18 (4) 2 (57) onverter unit model oltage/frequency (Note 1, 2) MR-J3-R55K4 3-phase 38 to 48 5/Hz Main circuit power supply ontrol circuit power supply Permissible voltage fluctuation Permissible frequency fluctuation oltage/frequency Permissible voltage fluctuation Permissible frequency fluctuation Power consumption () 3-phase 323 to 528 ±5% maximum 1-phase 38 to 48 5/Hz 1-phase 323 to 528 ±5% maximum 45 Interface power supply 24 ±1% (required current capacity: 13m ) Safety features Regeneration overvoltage shutdown, regeneration fault protection, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), undervoltage/sudden power outage protection rive unit/ onverter unit Structure Mass (kg [lb]) mbient temperature mbient humidity Environment tmosphere Elevation ibration Fan cooling open (IP) 25 (55) to 55 (32 to 131 F) (non freezing), storage: 2 to 5 (4 to 149 F) (non freezing) 9% RH maximum (non condensing), storage: 9% RH maximum (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust 1m or less above sea level 5.9m/s 2 maximum Notes:1. Rated output and speed of a servo motor are applicable when the drive unit and the converter unit, combined with the servo motor, are operated within the specified power supply voltage and frequency. Torque drops when the power supply voltage is below the specified value. 2. For torque characteristics when combined with a servo motor, refer to the section Servo motor torque characteristics in this catalog. 3. The interface power supply can be shared with the drive unit and the converter unit. hen all of the input/output points are used, 3m is required for the drive unit, and 13m is required for the converter unit. The current capacity can be stepped down according to the number of input/output points in use. Refer to MR-J3-M SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details. 4

42 Standard iring iagram MR-J3-MM: Position control operation onnection example to Q75 (position servo, incremental) Main circuit/control circuit power supply connection The connection differs according to the power voltage. Refer to the main circuit/control circuit power supply connection examples (1) to (). Main circuit power supply ontrol circuit power supply MR-J3-M/1/4 For MR-J3-M-KE (Note 13) (Note 2) Positioning unit Q7M 24 power supply for interface LEROM LER PLSE F+ PLSE F PLSE R+ PLSE R PG PG OM PLSE OM (Note 12) 1m maximum IOM OOM R PP PG NP NG LZ LZR LG S Servo amplifier (Note 5) N PLTE 41 Positioning unit Q75 (Note 2) Name LER OM LER RY OM REY PLSE F+ PLSE F PLSE R+ PLSE R PG PG OM ontrol common (Note 8) Encoder -phase pulse (differential line driver) Encoder B-phase pulse (differential line driver) ontrol common ontrol common Encoder Z-phase pulse (open collector) + N1 IOM OOM R OP R PP PG NP NG LZ LZR LG L 4 LR 5 LB LBR 7 LG 34 OP 33 5R 1 S PLTE (Note 7) 2m maximum 1m maximum (Note 11) Emergency stop EMG 42 Servo on SON 15 Reset RES 19 Proportional control P 17 Torque limit selection TL 18 (Note 4) Forward stroke end LSP 43 Reverse stroke end LSN 44 OOM 47 1m maximum (Note 1) IOM 21 (Note ) Malfunction R 1 LM 48 R Zero speed detection 2 ZSP 23 R Torque limit in effect 3 TL 25 In-position INP 24 pper limit setting nalog torque limit +1/maximum torque 24 power supply for interface Pin No. MM14 MM13 MM12 MM11 MM15 MM1 MM17 MM18 MM 9 MM1 R 4 1m maximum 5R 1 TL 27 LG 28 S PLTE 2 (Note 5) 4 (Note 11) SB cable MR-J3SBBM (option) Personal computer running Microsoft indows MR onfigurator (Setup software) MRZJ3-SET21E 2m maximum 2m maximum Notes: 1. o not reverse the diode s direction. onnecting it backwards could cause the servo amplifier to malfunction such that the signals are not output, and the emergency stop and other safety circuits are inoperable. 2. se the power supply 24±1% (required current capacity: 3m). 3m is the value when all of the input/output points are used. Note that the current capacity can be stepped down according to the number of input/output points in use. Refer to MR-J3-M SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details. 3. lways turn on the emergency stop (EMG) signal (normally closed contact) before starting the operation. If not, the operation will not start. 4. lways turn on the forward/reverse stroke end (LSP/LSN) signals (normally closed contact) before starting the operation. If not, the commands will not be accepted. 5. Signals with the same name are connected internally.. The malfunction (LM) signal is conducted to OOM in normal alarm-free condition. 7. onnect the shield wire securely to the plate inside the connector (ground plate). 8. This connection is not necessary for Q75 of the positioning unit. Note that the connection between LG and the control common terminal is recommended to increase noise resistance, depending on the positioning unit being used. 9. For the final axis, connect TRE and RN. 1. personal computer can also be connected using the RS-422/RS-232 conversion cable (refer to the section Ordering Information for ustomers in this catalog). 11. This is for sink wiring. Source wiring is also possible. Refer to MR-J3-M SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details. 12. F goods (Model: F-BLQ75M2J3(-P)/-1(P)) cannot be used. 13. o not use the connector N2L N2 onnector N2 connection The connection differs according to each servo motor. Refer to the connector N2 connection examples (7) to (1). N3 SP SN RP RN LG LG TRE N4 BT LG N5 N MO1 LG MO2 RS-422 (Note 1) RP RN SP SN GN GN (Note 9) 3m maximum Mount the optional battery (MR-J3BT) when using with the absolute system. Monitor output Maximum +1m total ouble oscillation (±1 output) nalog monitor output 1 1kΩ nalog monitor output 2 1kΩ

43 Standard iring iagram MR-J3-MM: Speed control operation onnection example Main circuit/control circuit power supply connection The connection differs according to the power voltage. Refer to the main circuit/control circuit power supply connection examples (1) to (). Main circuit power supply ontrol circuit power supply MR-J3-M/1/4 N2 onnector N2 connection The connection differs according to each servo motor. Refer to the connector N2 connection examples (7) to (1). (Note 2) 24 power supply for interface + N1 IOM OOM 2 4 (Note 5) Encoder Z-phase pulse (differential line driver) Encoder -phase pulse (differential line driver) Encoder B-phase pulse (differential line driver) ontrol common ontrol common Encoder Z-phase pulse (open collector) Emergency stop Servo on Reset Speed selection 1 Speed selection 2 Forward rotation start Reverse rotation start (Note 4) Forward stroke end Reverse stroke end (Note ) Malfunction Zero speed detection Torque limit in effect pper limit setting nalog torque limit +1/maximum torque Ready Speed reached pper limit setting nalog speed command ±1/rated speed (in this wiring diagram, +1/rated speed) LZ LZR L LR LB LBR LG OP 5R S 2m maximum 1m maximum 1m maximum (Note 1) R 1 R 2 R 3 R 4 R 5 1m maximum 2m maximum PLTE (Note 7) EMG 42 SON 15 RES 19 S 41 S 1 ST1 17 ST2 18 LSP 43 LSN OOM IOM 21 LM 48 ZSP 23 TL 25 R S R 1 TL 27 LG 28 S 2 PLTE (Note 1) N3 SP SN RP RN LG LG TRE N5 N MO1 LG MO2 RS-422 (Note 9) RP RN SP SN GN GN (Note 8) 3m maximum SB cable MR-J3SBBM (option) Monitor output Maximum +1m total ouble oscillation (±1 output) 2m maximum nalog monitor output 1 1kΩ nalog monitor output 2 1kΩ Personal computer running Microsoft indows MR onfigurator (Setup software) MRZJ3-SET21E Notes: 1. o not reverse the diode s direction. onnecting it backwards could cause the servo amplifier to malfunction such that the signals are not output, and the emergency stop and other safety circuits are inoperable. 2. se the power supply 24±1% (required current capacity: 3m). 3m is the value when all of the input/output points are used. Note that the current capacity can be stepped down according to the number of input/output points in use. Refer to MR-J3-M SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details. 3. lways turn on the emergency stop (EMG) signal (normally closed contact) before starting the operation. If not, the operation will not start. 4. lways turn on the forward/reverse stroke end (LSP/LSN) signals (normally closed contact) before starting the operation. If not, the commands will not be accepted. 5. Signals with the same name are connected internally.. The malfunction (LM) signal is conducted to OOM in normal alarm-free condition. 7. onnect the shield wire securely to the plate inside the connector (ground plate). 8. For the final axis, connect TRE and RN. 9. personal computer can also be connected using the RS-422/RS-232 conversion cable (refer to the section Ordering Information for ustomers in this catalog). 1. This is for sink wiring. Source wiring is also possible. Refer to MR-J3-M SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details. 42

44 Standard iring iagram MR-J3-MM: Torque control operation onnection example Main circuit/control circuit power supply connection The connection differs according to the power voltage. Refer to the main circuit/control circuit power supply connection examples (1) to (). Main circuit power supply ontrol circuit power supply MR-J3-M/1/4 N2 onnector N2 connection The connection differs according to each servo motor. Refer to the connector N2 connection examples (7) to (1). (Note 2) 24 power supply for interface + N1 IOM OOM 2 4 (Note 4) Encoder Z-phase pulse (differential line driver) Encoder -phase pulse (differential line driver) Encoder B-phase pulse (differential line driver) ontrol common ontrol common Encoder Z-phase pulse (open collector) Emergency stop Servo on Reset Speed selection 1 Speed selection 2 Forward rotation selection Reverse rotation selection LZ LZR L LR LB LBR LG 34 OP 33 5R 1 S PLTE (Note ) 2m maximum 1m maximum (Note 7) EMG 42 SON 15 RES 19 S 41 S 1 RS1 18 RS2 17 OOM N3 SP SN RP RN LG LG TRE RS-422 (Note 9) (Note 8) 3m maximum RP RN SP SN GN GN 1m maximum (Note 5) Malfunction Zero speed detection Speed limit in effect (Note 1) R 1 R 2 R 3 IOM 21 LM 48 ZSP 23 L 25 N5 Personal computer running Microsoft indows Ready R 4 1m maximum R 49 SB cable MR-J3SBBM (option) MR onfigurator (Setup software) MRZJ3-SET21E nalog torque command ±8/maximum torque (in this wiring diagram, +8/maximum torque) nalog speed limit ±1/rated speed (in this wiring diagram, +1/rated speed) pper limit setting pper limit setting 2m maximum 5R 1 T 27 LG 28 L 2 S PLTE N MO1 LG MO2 Monitor output Maximum +1m total ouble oscillation (±1 output) 2m maximum nalog monitor output 1 1kΩ nalog monitor output 2 1kΩ Notes: 1. o not reverse the diode s direction. onnecting it backwards could cause the servo amplifier to malfunction such that the signals are not output, and the emergency stop and other safety circuits are inoperable. 2. se the power supply 24±1% (required current capacity: 3m). 3m is the value when all of the input/output points are used. Note that the current capacity can be stepped down according to the number of input/output points in use. Refer to MR-J3-M SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details. 3. lways turn on the emergency stop (EMG) signal (normally closed contact) before starting the operation. If not, the operation will not start. 4. Signals with the same name are connected internally. 5. The malfunction (LM) signal is conducted to OOM in normal alarm-free condition.. onnect the shield wire securely to the plate inside the connector (ground plate). 7. This is for sink wiring. Source wiring is also possible. Refer to MR-J3-M SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details. 8. For the final axis, connect TRE and RN. 9. personal computer can also be connected using the RS-422/RS-232 conversion cable (refer to the section Ordering Information for ustomers in this catalog). 43

45 Standard iring iagram Main circuit/control circuit power supply connection examples (1) 1-phase 1 (2) 1-phase 2 Power supply 1-phase 1 to 12 NFB M Power factor improvement (Note 2) reactor FR-BEL N N Power supply 1-phase 2 to 23 (Note 1) NFB M Power factor improvement (Note 2) reactor FR-BEL N N Optional regeneration unit P N Built-in regenerative resistor Optional regeneration unit P N Built-in regenerative resistor The servo amplifier may be damaged if the optional regeneration unit or the reactor is incorrectly connected. The servo amplifier may be damaged if the optional regeneration unit or the reactor is incorrectly connected. (3) 3-phase 2.1k to 3.5k or 3-phase 4.k to 2k (4) 3-phase 2 5k or 7k, or 3-phase 4 3.5k to 7k Power supply 3-phase 2 to 23 or 3-phase 38 to 48 NFB M Power factor improvement (Note 2) reactor FR-BEL N() N Power supply 3-phase 2 to 23 or 3-phase 38 to 48 NFB M (Note 4) Optional regeneration unit P TE1 Built-in regenerative resistor Optional regeneration unit The servo amplifier may be damaged if the optional regeneration unit or the reactor is incorrectly connected. P(+) N Built-in regenerative resistor Power factor improvement (Note 2) reactor FR-BEL The servo amplifier may be damaged if the optional regeneration unit or the reactor is incorrectly connected. N TE3 TE2 Notes: 1. hen using a 1-phase 2 to 23, connect the power supply to the and terminals. o not connect anything to. 2. isconnect and when using the reactor. 3. isconnect P(+) and when connecting the optional regeneration unit externally. 4. isconnect the wires for the built-in regenerative resistor (P and ) when connecting the optional regeneration unit externally. 44

46 + Standard iring iagram (5) 3-phase 2/4 11k to 22k Power supply 3-phase 2 to 23 or 3-phase 38 to 48 NFB M (Note 1) Optional regeneration unit Power factor improvement reactor FR-BEL (Note 2) P TE N TE The servo amplifier may be damaged if the optional regeneration unit or the reactor is incorrectly connected. () 3-phase 2/4 3k or larger Power supply 3-phase 2 to 23 or 3-phase 38 to 48 Step-down transformer (Note 7) rive unit alarm R1 TE1-2 P P P G3 G4 G3 G4 G3 G4 Optional (Note 5) Optional (Note 5) Optional (Note 5) regeneration unit regeneration unit regeneration unit FN R S FN R S FN R S onverter unit alarm R2 (Note 14) onverter unit NFB M TE1-1 TE2-2 L+ L TE3 N4 (Note 13) + IOM 1 N1 24 power supply for interface OOM 5 (Note 8) IOM R 2 LM 2 (Note 1) (Note 9) EM1 7 EM1 (Note 15) OOM 9 M1 1 N (Note 12) Power factor M2 2 improvement reactor MR-L (Note 4) Servo motor thermal sensor R3 ontroller emergency stop R4 EM1 MR-J3L5M able Terminal connector MR-J3-TM The servo amplifier may be damaged if the optional regeneration unit or the reactor is incorrectly connected. Ready OFF/ON B To 24 power supply M SK rive unit TE2-1 L+ L N4 TE1 N4B (Note 11) (Note ) TE3 Servo motor H-LP3k or larger (2) H-L5k or larger (4) OHS2 To reactor N3 1 IOM (Note 8) 15 LM R 1 (Note 13) 5 (Note 9) IOM + 24 power supply for interface 3 OOM 2 EM1 PLTE S EM1 (Note 15) B R3 OHS1 Servo motor thermal 24 power supply Notes: 1. s, 11k or larger do not have a built-in regenerative resistor. 2. Remove the short bar between P and when using the reactor. 3. This wiring diagram is for MR-J3-MB(4). For MR-J3-M(4), refer to MR-J3-M SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL. 4. Remove the short bar between and when using the reactor. 5. This is for MR-RB137 (for 2) or MR-RB138-4 (for 4). Three units of MR-RB137 or MR-RB138-4 are required for each converter unit (tolerable regenerative power 39).. The phases of the power supply connected to and on the converter unit and the drive unit must always match the phases connected to and. n incorrect connection may damage the drive unit and/or the converter unit. 7. This is for 4. The 2 does not require a step-down transformer. 8. o not reverse the diode s direction. onnecting it backwards could cause the drive unit and/or the converter unit to malfunction such that the signals are not output, and the emergency stop and other safety circuits are inoperable. 9. Select a device that does not make the circuit current exceed 4m. 1. The malfunction (LM) signal is conducted to OOM in normal alarm-free condition. 11. lways connect the terminal connector (MR-J3-TM) to N4B. 12. M1 and M2 outputs are controlled by the converter unit. To invalidate N, creating a system same as that of the prior servo amplifier; refer to MR-J3-MB SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details. 13. The interface power supply can be shared with the drive unit and the converter unit. hen all of the input/output points are used, 15m is required for the drive unit and 13m for the converter unit. The current capacity can be stepped down according to the number of input/output points in use. 14. converter unit is required per drive unit. 15. reate a circuit that shuts off the forced stop (EM1) of the converter unit and the drive unit at the same time.

47 Standard iring iagram onnector N2 connection examples (7) HF-KP/MP series MR-J3-M(1)/B(1) (-RJ)/T(1) NP3 24 for the electromagnetic brake Servo motor HF-KP/MP series SM Electromagnetic brake B1 1 B2 2 EMG Shut off when the (Note 2) servo on signal or the alarm signal turns off. N2 1 P5 2 LG 3 MR 4 MRR (Note 1) P5 LG MR MRR Encoder 9 BT BT PLTE S S (8) HF-SP series (9) H-LP/RP/P series or H-LP52/72 MR-J3-M(4)/ B(4)(-RJ)/T(4) NP3 (Note 4) 24 for the electromagnetic brake N2 P5 LG MR MRR BT Servo motor HF-SP series B SM Electromagnetic brake B1 1 B2 2 EMG (Note 2) Shut off when the servo on signal or the alarm signal turns off. P5 LG MR MRR BT Encoder MR-J3-M/B (-RJ)/T PLTE NP3 (Note 4) B1 24 for the electromagnetic brake B2 EMG Shut off when the servo on signal or the alarm signal turns off. N2 P5 LG MR MRR BT S Servo motor H-LP/RP/P series H-LP52/72 B SM G H (Note 2) P5 LG MR MRR BT S Electromagnetic brake Encoder PLTE S S Notes: 1. The signals shown apply when using a two-wire type encoder cable. Encoder cable 3m or longer is four-wire type. Refer to MR-J3 SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details. 2. This is for the motor with an electromagnetic brake. The electromagnetic brake terminals (B1, B2) do not have polarity. separate connector from the motor power supply connector is prepared as an electromagnetic brake connector for H-L2B, 32B, and H-2B to 52B. 3. For grounding, connect the ground wire to the control box s protection ground terminal via the servo amplifier s protection ground (PE) terminal. 4. For servo amplifiers, 2 5k or larger and 4 3.5k or larger,, and terminals are available in TE1. 4

48 Standard iring iagram (1) H-L(4)/71M(4)/81(4) or H-LP series 11k or larger MR-J3-M(4)/B(4) (-RJ)/T(4) rive unit MR-J3-M/B(4) (Note 5) TE Servo motor H-L(4)/71M(4)/81(4) H-L1k series or larger (Note 4) SM N2 1 P5 2 LG (Note 4) 24 for the electromagnetic brake EMG Shut off when the servo on signal or the alarm signal turns off. B1 B B2 P5 LG (Note 2) Electromagnetic brake 3 MR 4 MRR 9 BT PLTE S MR MRR BT S Encoder OHS1 (Note 1) FN NFB B B B OHS2 Servo motor thermal R power supply Notes: 1. Make sure that the current flowing to the servo motor thermal circuit is between.15 and The electromagnetic brake terminals (B1, B2) do not have polarity. 3. lways supply power to the fan terminal. The power supply differs according to the motor. Refer to ooling fan power supply under the Motor Specifications in this catalog. 4. hen using the servo amplifier 22k or smaller, connect the ground wire to the control box s protection ground terminal via the servo amplifier s protection ground (PE) terminal. hen using the drive unit, connect the servo motor s ground wire to the protection ground (PE) terminal of the drive unit. Put the ground wires of the drive unit and the converter unit together into one on the protection ground terminal in the control box, and then connect to ground. 5. For H-L(4) and H-LP71M(4),, and terminals are available in TE1. 47

49 mplifier imensions MR-J3-MM (nit: mm) MR-J3-1, 2, 11, 21 (Note 1) ø mounting hole 4 pprox < Terminal arment > < Terminal arment > PE 15 N N NP3 N P N1 N3 N N N N P N N P Screw size: M4 < Mounting screw size > M5 HRGE (25.5) N4 N2L N2 (14) hen MR-J3BT is mounted (8) N NP3 N NP3 For 1-phase 1 For 3-phase 2 or 1-phase 2 MR-J3-4,, 41 (Note 1) ø mounting hole 4 pprox < Terminal arment > < Terminal arment > PE 15 N N NP3 N P HRGE (25.5) N1 N3 N N5 N4 N2L N (14) hen MR-J3BT is mounted (8) N N NP3 N P N N NP3 N P Screw size: M4 < Mounting screw size > M5 For 1-phase 1 For 3-phase 2 or 1-phase 2 MR-J3-7, 1 (Note 1) ø mounting hole 12 < Terminal arment > PE 15 pprox N N NP3 N P N1 N3 N N N N P Screw size: M4 < Mounting screw size > M5 HRGE N4 N2L N2 N (25.5) (14) hen MR-J3BT is mounted (8) Fan (airflow direction) NP3 48 Notes: 1. The connectors N, N and NP3 (insertion type) are supplied with the servo amplifier.

50 mplifier imensions (nit: mm) MR-J3-4, 14 (Note 1) ø mounting hole 12 pprox < Terminal arment > PE 15 N N NP3 N- P+ HRGE N4 N2L N2 N1 N3 N N N N N P+ Screw size: M4 < Mounting screw size > M (25.5) (14) hen MR-J3BT is mounted (8) NP3 MR-J3-2, 24 (Note 1) 15 N N NP3 N P HRGE (25.5) ø mounting hole 78 N4 N2L N2 N1 N3 N N5 (14) 18 pprox hen MR-J3BT is mounted (8) Fan (airflow direction) < Terminal arment > PE N N Screw size: M4 < Mounting screw size > M5 P+ N MR-J3-2 has been modified from January 28 production. ue to the modification, the appearance of the servo amplifier and the N, N and NP3 connectors have changed. The previous model is also available. ontact us for more details. NP3 MR-J3-35 (Note 1) < Terminal arment > 15 ø mounting hole pprox N HRGE N NP3 P N N4 N2L N2 N1 N3 N N5 18 N NP3 N N P (25.5) 78 (14) hen MR-J3BT is mounted (8) Fan (airflow direction) PE Screw size: M4 < Mounting screw size > M5 49 Notes: 1. The connectors N, N and NP3 (insertion type) are supplied with the servo amplifier.

51 OPEN OPEN N5 N N3 N1 N2 N P OPEN N HGE P OPEN mplifier imensions (nit: mm) MR-J3-5, 354, 54 (7.5) ø mounting hole pprox Fan (airflow direction) Terminal diagram (with terminal cover open) FN HRGE N4 N2L N2 N1 N3 N N5 hen MR-J3BT is mounted 2.5 TE2 N5 N N3 N1 N2 N4N2L TE3 TE1 < Terminal screw size > TE1: M4 TE2: M3.5 ( 1) TE3: M4 PE: M4 < Mounting screw size > M5 < Terminal arment > TE2 TE3 N (7.5) Three ground terminals (M4) TE1 P Built-in regenerative brake resistor lead terminal fixing screw PE MR-J3-7, 74 3 (7.5) 285 (7.5) pprox ø mounting 1 hole Fan (airflow direction) HRGE N4 N2L N2 N1 N3 N N5 hen MR-J3BT is mounted FN TE3 1. The TE2 terminal screw size has been changed to M3.5 from pril 27. For the servo amplifiers manufactured on or before March 27, the terminal screw size is M3. Terminal diagram (with terminal cover open) HRGE TE1 Three ground terminals (M4) Built-in regenerative brake resistor lead terminal fixing screw N4 N2L N2 N1 N3 N N5 TE2 < Terminal screw size > TE1: M4 TE2: M3.5 ( 1) TE3: M4 PE: M4 < Mounting screw size > M5 < Terminal arment > TE3 N TE1 PE P TE2 1. The TE2 terminal screw size has been changed to M3.5 from pril 27. For the servo amplifiers manufactured on or before March 27, the terminal screw size is M3. MR-J3-11K to 22K, 11K4 to 22K ø12 mounting hole pprox. 8 2 Fan (airflow direction) Terminal diagram (with terminal cover open) N5 N N3 N1 N HRGE N4 N2L hen MR-J3BT is mounted P N TE =15 < Terminal arment > TE P N < Terminal screw size > Terminals Model MR-J3-11K(4), 15K(4),,,,,,, P,, N, M, M4 MR-J3-22K(4) M8 M < Mounting screw size > M1

52 rive nit imensions MR-J3-M(4) (nit: mm) MR-J3-3K, 37K, 45K4, 55K4 2-ø7 mounting hole 38 3 (1) (2) 7 N4 N4B N4 N2L N2 N1 N3 N N5 pprox. 8 hen MR-J3BT is mounted pprox. 2 (Note 1) (2) Fan (airflow direction) 338 Terminal diagram (with terminal cover open) TE2-1 PE N4 N4B TE1 N5 N N3 N1 N2 TE3 < Terminal screw size > TE1: M1 TE2-1: M TE3: M4 PE: M1 < Mounting screw size > M < Terminal arment > TE2-1 L+ L PE TE1 TE3 277 MR-J3-3K4, 37K4 2-ø mounting hole () pprox. 8 pprox. 2 (Note 1) 18 Fan (airflow direction) Terminal diagram (with terminal cover open) N N4 N4B N4 N2L N2 N1 N3 N N5 338 N4 N4B N N3 N1 N2 hen MR-J3BT is mounted TE2 TE3 (1) (2) PE TE1 < Terminal screw size > TE1: M8 TE2: M TE3: M4 PE: M8 < Mounting screw size > M5 < Terminal arment > TE2 L+ L PE TE3 TE Notes: 1. The dimension applies when MR-J3BT is mounted.

53 onverter nit imensions MR-J3-R55K(4) MR-J3-R55K, R55K4 (Note 1) (nit: mm) 38 (1) ø7 mounting hole (2) N N1 7 HRGE N4 N N3 pprox. 8 (2) Fan (airflow direction) 338 PE Terminal diagram (with terminal cover open) N N1 TE1-1 TE2-2 TE1-2 PE N N4 N3 < Terminal screw size > TE1-1: M1 TE3 TE1-2: M1 TE2-2: M TE3: M4 PE: M1 < Mounting screw size > M < Terminal arment > TE2-2 L+ L TE3 PE TE1-1 TE1-2 PE 277 Panel-cut dimensions for converter unit and drive unit (Note 1) (9.5) (2) 3 2 (3) (5) onverter unit Hole rive unit Hole (1) (19) 4-M screw 4- screw (19) (1) rive unit model ariable dimensions MR-J3-3K/B, 37K/B, 45K4/B4, 55K4/B M MR-J3-3K4/B4, 37K4/B M5 52 Notes: 1. The converter unit dimensions and the panel-cut dimensions for the converter unit and the drive unit are same for MR-J3-M(4) and MR-J3-MB(4).

54 Peripheral Equipment (MR-J3-B) onnections with peripheral equipment (Note 1) Peripheral equipment is connected to MR-J3-B as described below. onnectors, cables, options, and other necessary equipment are available so that users can set up MR-J3-B easily and begin using it right away. Through its SSNET3-compatible simple connections, the MR-J3-B series reduce wiring time and chances of wiring errors. <SSNET# compatible controller> Q173P/Q173HP Maximum 32-axis (Maximum 1axes/system 2) control Q172P/Q172HP Maximum 8-axis control onnect the connector to the SSNET3 compatible controller. SSNET3 N connector (For main circuit power supply) o not tighten the cable with cable ties, etc. N connector N1 (For control circuit power supply) MR-J3- B (Note 2) Q75MH Maximum 4-axis control FX3-2SS-H 2-axis control <ith front cover open> B connector mini-b connector N3 for input/output signal (Option) This option is required for using the forced stop input, in-position, magnetic brake interlock or malfunction signal. o not directly look at the light when the cable is not connected. N5 for SB communication (Option) In addition to the traditional functions, the MR onfigurator (setup software) can be used by connecting to a motion controller (Q173P, Q172P, Q173HP or Q172HP). The parameters for several axes can be set, and several axes can be monitored. isplay panel isplays servo amplifier status and alarm numbers. xis setting section Selects an axis using the axis selection rotary switch (S1). N1 for connecting SSNET3 (Previous) onnects the controller for the SSNET3 or the previous axis servo amplifier. NP3 connector (For motor power supply) N1B N2 N1 N1B N1 N1 N2 N2 ttach the cap to the unused connector to prevent adhesion of dirt. N1B Servo motor (The picture is of HF-K3.) harge lamp Illuminates when the main circuit power supply is ON. o not plug/ unplug power lines when this lamp is ON. Battery (option) The battery (MR-J3BT) is required when the servo system is in absolute mode. Leave the control circuit power supply ON while replacing the battery. Not required when the servo system is in incremental mode. N1B for connecting SSNET3 (Next) onnects the next servo amplifier axis. Notes: 1. Refer to MR-J3-MB SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for the actual connections. 2. The connections with the peripheral equipment shown above apply for MR-J3-35B or smaller servo amplifier. 3. The cable for connecting the controller and a personal computer must be prepared by the user. Refer to MOTION ONTROLLER Q series ser s Manual for details. 53

55 mplifier Specifications MR-J3-B servo amplifier specifications: 1/2, 22k or smaller model MR-J3-1B 2B 4B B 7B 1B 2B 35B 5B 7B 11KB 15KB 22KB 1B1 2B1 4B1 Main circuit power supply oltage/frequency (Note 1, 2) Permissible voltage fluctuation Permissible frequency fluctuation 3-phase 2 to 23 5/Hz or 1-phase 2 to 23 5/Hz (Note 1) For 3-phase 2 to 23: 3-phase 17 to 253 For 1-phase 2 to 23: 1-phase 17 to phase 2 to 23 5/Hz 3-phase 17 to 253 ±5% maximum 1-phase 1 to 12 5/Hz 1-phase 85 to 132 ontrol circuit power supply Interface power supply Regenerative resistor/ tolerable regenerative power () (Note 3, 4) ontrol system ynamic brake Safety features oltage/frequency Permissible voltage fluctuation Permissible frequency fluctuation Power consumption () Built-in regenerative resistor External regenerative resistor (Standard accessory) (Note 5, ) 1-phase 2 to 23 5/Hz (Note 1) phase 2 to 23 5/Hz 1-phase 17 to 253 ±5% maximum 24 ±1% (required current capacity: 15m (Note 7)) Sine-wave PM control/current control system 1-phase 1 to 12 5/Hz 1-phase 85 to Built-in (Note 8, 11) External option Built-in (Note 8, 11) Overcurrent shutdown, regeneration overvoltage shutdown, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), servo motor overheat protection, encoder fault protection, regeneration fault protection, undervoltage/sudden power outage protection, overspeed protection, excess error protection (8) (13) (13) 1 1 Structure Environment Mass (kg [lb]) mbient temperature (Note 9) mbient humidity tmosphere Elevation ibration Self-cooling open (IP).8 (1.8).8 (1.8) to 55 (32 to 131 F) (non freezing), storage: 2 to 5 (4 to 149 F) (non freezing) 9% RH maximum (non condensing), storage: 9% RH maximum (non condensing) 1. (2.2) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust 1. (2.2) 1.4 (3.1) 1.4 (3.1) 1m or less above sea level 2.1 (4.) Fan cooling open (IP) 5.9m/s 2 maximum 2.3 (5.1) 4. (1).2 (14) 18 (4) 18 (4) 19 (42) Self-cooling open (IP).8 (1.8).8 (1.8) 1. (2.2) Notes:1. Rated output and speed of a servo motor are applicable when the servo amplifier, combined with the servo motor, is operated within the specified power supply voltage and frequency. Torque drops when the power supply voltage is below the specified value. 2. For torque characteristics when combined with a servo motor, refer to the section Servo motor torque characteristics in this catalog. 3. Optimal regenerative resistor varies for each system. Select the most suitable regenerative resistor by using the capacity selection software. 4. Refer to the section Options Optional regeneration unit in this catalog for the tolerable regenerative power (). 5. The servo amplifier (MR-J3-MKB-PX) without an enclosed regenerative resistor is also available.. The value in ( ) applies when the external regenerative resistors, GRZG4-MΩ, (standard accessory) are used with cooling fans (2 units of 92 92mm, minimum air flow: 1.m 3 /min). Note that change in the parameter No. is required m is the value when all of the input/output points are used. The current capacity can be stepped down according to the number of input/output points in use. Refer to MR-J3-MB SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details. 8. Special specification models without a dynamic brake, MR-J3-MB-E and MR-J3-MB1-E, are also available for 7k or smaller servo amplifier. 9. The MR-J3-35B or smaller servo amplifier can be installed closely. In this case, keep the ambient temperature within to 45 (32 to 113 F), or use the servo amplifier with 75% or less of the effective load rate. 1. The special specification model, MR-J3-MB-4, is also available for 1-phase 2 to hen using the built-in dynamic brake, refer to MR-J3-MB SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for the permissible load inertia moment ratio. 54

56 mplifier Specifications MR-J3-B servo amplifier specifications: 2, 3k or larger rive unit onverter unit Main circuit power supply ontrol circuit power supply Interface power supply ontrol system ynamic brake Safety features Structure Mass (kg [lb]) onverter unit model oltage/frequency (Note 1, 2) Main circuit Permissible voltage fluctuation power supply Permissible frequency fluctuation oltage/frequency ontrol circuit Permissible voltage fluctuation power supply Permissible frequency fluctuation Power consumption () Interface power supply Safety features rive unit model oltage/frequency (Note 1) Permissible voltage fluctuation Permissible frequency fluctuation oltage/frequency Permissible voltage fluctuation Permissible frequency fluctuation Power consumption () MR-J3-3KB The drive unit s main circuit power is supplied from the converter unit. 1-phase 2 to 23 5/Hz 1-phase 17 to 253 ±5% maximum ±1% (required current capacity: 15m ) Sine-wave PM control/current control system External option Fan cooling open (IP) 2 (57) MR-J3-R55K 3-phase 2 to 23 5/Hz 3-phase 17 to 253 ±5% maximum 1-phase 2 to 23 5/Hz 1-phase 17 to 253 ±5% maximum 45 MR-J3-37KB Overcurrent shutdown, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), servo motor overheat protection, encoder fault protection, undervoltage/sudden power outage protection, overspeed protection, excess error protection 24 ±1% (required current capacity: 13m ) Regeneration overvoltage shutdown, regeneration fault protection, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), undervoltage/sudden power outage protection rive unit/ onverter unit Structure Mass (kg [lb]) Environment mbient temperature mbient humidity tmosphere Elevation ibration Fan cooling open (IP) 25 (55) to 55 (32 to 131 F) (non freezing), storage: 2 to 5 (4 to 149 F) (non freezing) 9% RH maximum (non condensing), storage: 9% RH maximum (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust 1m or less above sea level 5.9m/s 2 maximum Notes:1. Rated output and speed of a servo motor are applicable when the drive unit and the converter unit, combined with the servo motor, are operated within the specified power supply voltage and frequency. Torque drops when the power supply voltage is below the specified value. 2. For torque characteristics when combined with a servo motor, refer to the section Servo motor torque characteristics in this catalog. 3. The interface power supply can be shared with the drive unit and the converter unit. hen all of the input/output points are used, 15m is required for the drive unit, and 13m is required for the converter unit. The current capacity can be stepped down according to the number of input/output points in use. Refer to MR-J3-MB SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details. 55

57 mplifier Specifications MR-J3-B servo amplifier specifications: 4, 22k or smaller model MR-J3- B4 1B4 2B4 35B4 5B4 7B4 11KB4 15KB4 22KB4 Main circuit power supply oltage/frequency (Note 1, 2) Permissible voltage fluctuation Permissible frequency fluctuation 3-phase 38 to 48 5/Hz 3-phase 323 to 528 ±5% maximum oltage/frequency 1-phase 38 to 48 5/Hz ontrol circuit power supply Permissible voltage fluctuation Permissible frequency fluctuation 1-phase 323 to 528 ±5% maximum Power consumption () 3 45 Interface power supply 24 ±1% (required current capacity: 15m (Note 7)) Regenerative resistor/ tolerable regenerative power () (Note 3, 4) Built-in regenerative resistor External regenerative resistor (Standard accessory) (Note 5, ) (Note 9) 17 (Note 9) 5 (8) 85 (13) 85 (13) ontrol system Sine-wave PM control/current control system ynamic brake Built-in (Note 8, 1) External option Safety features Overcurrent shutdown, regeneration overvoltage shutdown, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), servo motor overheat protection, encoder fault protection, regeneration fault protection, undervoltage/sudden power outage protection, overspeed protection, excess error protection Structure Self-cooling open (IP) Fan cooling open (IP) mbient temperature to 55 (32 to 131 F) (non freezing), storage: 2 to 5 (4 to 149 F) (non freezing) mbient humidity 9% RH maximum (non condensing), storage: 9% RH maximum (non condensing) Environment tmosphere Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust Elevation 1m or less above sea level ibration 5.9m/s 2 maximum Mass (kg [lb]) 1.7 (3.7) 1.7 (3.7) 2.1 (4.) 4. (1) 4. (1).2 (14) 18 (4) 18 (4) 19 (42) Notes:1. Rated output and speed of a servo motor are applicable when the servo amplifier, combined with the servo motor, is operated within the specified power supply voltage and frequency. Torque drops when the power supply voltage is below the specified value. 2. For torque characteristics when combined with a servo motor, refer to the section Servo motor torque characteristics in this catalog. 3. Optimal regenerative resistor varies for each system. Select the most suitable regenerative resistor by using the capacity selection software. 4. Refer to the section Options Optional regeneration unit in this catalog for the tolerable regenerative power (). 5. The servo amplifier (MR-J3-MKB4-PX) without an enclosed regenerative resistor is also available.. The value in ( ) applies when the external regenerative resistors, GRZG4-MΩ, (standard accessory) are used with cooling fans (2 units of 92 92mm, minimum air flow: 1.m 3 /min). Note that change in the parameter No. is required m is the value when all of the input/output points are used. The current capacity can be stepped down according to the number of input/output points in use. Refer to MR-J3-MB SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details. 8. Special specification models without a dynamic brake, MR-J3-MB4-E, are also available for 7k or smaller servo amplifier. 9. The amplifier built-in resistor is compatible with the maximum torque deceleration when the motor is used within the rated speed and the recommended load/motor inertia moment ratio. ontact Mitsubishi if the operating motor speed and the load/motor inertia moment ratio exceed the rated speed and the recommended ratio. 1. hen using the built-in dynamic brake, refer to MR-J3-MB SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for the permissible load inertia moment ratio. 5

58 mplifier Specifications MR-J3-B servo amplifier specifications: 4, 3k or larger rive unit onverter unit Main circuit power supply ontrol circuit power supply Interface power supply ontrol system ynamic brake Safety features Structure Mass (kg [lb]) onverter unit model oltage/frequency (Note 1, 2) Main circuit Permissible voltage fluctuation power supply Permissible frequency fluctuation oltage/frequency ontrol circuit Permissible voltage fluctuation power supply Permissible frequency fluctuation Power consumption () Interface power supply Safety features rive unit model oltage/frequency (Note 1) Permissible voltage fluctuation Permissible frequency fluctuation oltage/frequency Permissible voltage fluctuation Permissible frequency fluctuation Power consumption () MR-J3-3KB4 MR-J3-37KB4 The drive unit s main circuit power is supplied from the converter unit. 1-phase 38 to 48 5/Hz 1-phase 323 to 528 ±5% maximum ±1% (required current capacity: 15m ) Sine-wave PM control/current control system External option Fan cooling open (IP) 18 (4) 2 (57) MR-J3-R55K4 3-phase 38 to 48 5/Hz 3-phase 323 to 528 ±5% maximum 1-phase 38 to 48 5/Hz 1-phase 323 to 528 ±5% maximum 45 MR-J3-45KB4 24 ±1% (required current capacity: 13m ) MR-J3-55KB4 Overcurrent shutdown, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), servo motor overheat protection, encoder fault protection, undervoltage/sudden power outage protection, overspeed protection, excess error protection Regeneration overvoltage shutdown, regeneration fault protection, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), undervoltage/sudden power outage protection rive unit/ onverter unit Structure Mass (kg [lb]) Environment mbient temperature mbient humidity tmosphere Elevation ibration Fan cooling open (IP) 25 (55) to 55 (32 to 131 F) (non freezing), storage: 2 to 5 (4 to 149 F) (non freezing) 9% RH maximum (non condensing), storage: 9% RH maximum (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust 1m or less above sea level 5.9m/s 2 maximum Notes:1. Rated output and speed of a servo motor are applicable when the drive unit and the converter unit, combined with the servo motor, are operated within the specified power supply voltage and frequency. Torque drops when the power supply voltage is below the specified value. 2. For torque characteristics when combined with a servo motor, refer to the section Servo motor torque characteristics in this catalog. 3. The interface power supply can be shared with the drive unit and the converter unit. hen all of the input/output points are used, 15m is required for the drive unit, and 13m is required for the converter unit. The current capacity can be stepped down according to the number of input/output points in use. Refer to MR-J3-MB SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details. 57

59 Standard iring iagram MR-J3-MBM onnection example Main circuit/control circuit power supply connection The connection differs according to the power voltage. Refer to the main circuit/control circuit power supply connection examples (1) to (). Main circuit power supply ontrol circuit power supply MR-J3-MB/B1/B4 (-RJ) N2 onnector N2 connection The connection differs according to each servo motor. Refer to the connector N2 connection examples (7) to (1). onnect the controller and the servo amplifier by inserting the cable into the N1 connector. (Note ) ontroller Q173P Q172P Q173HP Q172HP Q75MH FX3-2SS-H (Note 11) (Note 2) 24 power supply for interface Encoder Z-phase pulse (differential line driver) Encoder -phase pulse (differential line driver) Encoder B-phase pulse (differential line driver) ontrol common Monitor output Maximum +1m total ouble oscillation(±1 output) nalog monitor output 1 1kΩ nalog monitor output 2 1kΩ Forced stop (Note 9) (FLS) (RLS) (OG) (Note 5) Malfunction In position Magnetic brake interlock + MR-J3BSMM or MR-J3BSMM-/-B cable S 2m maximum 1m maximum 1m maximum (Note 1) MR-J3BSMM or MR-J3BSMM-/-B cable MR-J3BSMM or MR-J3BSMM-/-B cable ttach the cap to the unused connector to prevent adhesion of dirt. R 1 R 2 R 3 N3 IOM OOM LZ LZR L LR LB LBR LG MO1 4 LG 1 MO2 14 EM1 2 I1 2 I2 12 I3 OOM 19 3 IOM 1 LM 15 INP 9 MBR 13 PLTE (Note 4) N1B N1 N1B N1 N1B N1 S1 S2 1 2 (2nd axis) (Note 7) S1 S (nth axis) (Note 7) (Note 8) S1 S2 N2L (Note 1) 1 P5 2 LG 3 MR2 4 MRR2 7 M2 8 MR2 PLTE S n1 Notes: 1. o not reverse the diode s direction. onnecting it backwards could cause the servo amplifier to malfunction such that the signals are not output, and the forced stop and other safety circuits are inoperable. 2. se the power supply 24±1% (required current capacity: 15m). 15m is the value when all of the input/output points are used. Note that the current capacity can be stepped down according to the number of input/output points in use. Refer to MR-J3-MB SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details. 3. The forced stop signal is issued for each axis servo amplifier individually. se this signal as necessary when Q173P, Q172P, Q173HP, Q172HP or Q75MH is connected. hen not using, invalidate the forced stop input with the parameter No. P4, or short-circuit EM1 and OOM in the connector. For overall system, apply the emergency stop on the controller side. 4. onnect the shield wire securely to the plate inside the connector (ground plate). 5. The malfunction (LM) signal is conducted to OOM in normal alarm-free condition.. For details on the controllers, refer to relevant programming manual or user s manual. 7. The motor-side connections for the second and following axes are omitted from the above diagram. 8. p to 1 axes (n = 1 to 1) can be connected using the axis selection rotary switch (S1). 9. Signals in ( ) can be assigned with the settings of the controller (Q173P, Q172P, Q173HP, Q172HP or Q75MH). Refer to the instruction manuals for each controller for details on the setting method. 1. The N2L connector is available only for the fully closed loop control compatible servo amplifier, MR-J3-MBM-RJ. 11. FX3-2SS-H is not compatible with the fully closed loop control compatible servo amplifier, MR-J3-MBM-RJ. 1 2 N5 Refer to the connector N2L connection examples (11) for connecting signals with the linear encoder. SB cable MR-J3SBBM (option) Linear encoder or rotary encoder (BZ phase differential output type) Personal computer running Microsoft indows MR onfigurator (Setup software) MRZJ3-SET21E 58

60 mplifier imensions MR-J3-MBM (nit: mm) MR-J3-1B, 2B,1B1, 2B1 (Note 1) ø mounting hole 4 pprox < Terminal arment > < Terminal arment > PE 15 N N NP3 N P HRGE (25.5) N1B N1 N3 N N4 N2L N2 (14) hen MR-J3BT is mounted (8) N N NP3 N P N N NP3 N P Screw size: M4 < Mounting screw size > M5 For 1-phase 1 For 3-phase 2 or 1-phase 2 MR-J3-4B, B, 4B1 (Note 1) ø mounting hole 4 pprox < Terminal arment > < Terminal arment > PE 15 N N NP3 N P HRGE (25.5) N5 N1B N1 N3 N4 N2L N (14) hen MR-J3BT is mounted (8) N N NP3 N P N N NP3 N P Screw size: M4 < Mounting screw size > M5 For 1-phase 1 For 3-phase 2 or 1-phase 2 MR-J3-7B, 1B (Note 1) ø mounting hole 12 < Terminal arment > PE 15 pprox N N NP3 N P HRGE N1B N1 N3 N N4 N2L N2 N N N P Screw size: M4 < Mounting screw size > M (25.5) (14) hen MR-J3BT is mounted (8) Fan (airflow direction) NP3 59 Notes: 1. The connectors N, N and NP3 (insertion type) are supplied with the servo amplifier.

61 mplifier imensions (nit: mm) MR-J3-B4, 1B4 (Note 1) < Terminal arment > ø mounting hole 12 pprox PE 15 N N NP3 N P+ HRGE N4 N2L N2 N1B N1 N3 N N N N P+ Screw size: M4 < Mounting screw size > M (25.5) (14) hen MR-J3BT is mounted (8) NP3 MR-J3-2B, 2B4 (Note 1) N P+ HRGE (25.5) 78 pprox hen MR-J3BT is mounted (8) Fan (airflow direction) < Terminal arment > PE N N Screw size: M4 < Mounting screw size > M5 P+ N MR-J3-35B (Note 1) NP < Terminal arment > N N NP3 MR-J3-MB N1B N1 N3 N5 N4 N2L N2 ø mounting hole 18 (14) MR-J3-2B has been modified from January 28 production. ue to the modification, the appearance of the servo amplifier and the N, N and NP3 connectors have changed. The previous model is also available. ontact us for more details. ø mounting hole pprox N HRGE N NP3 P N N4 N2L N2 N1B N1 N3 N5 18 N NP3 N N P (25.5) 78 (14) hen MR-J3BT is mounted (8) Fan (airflow direction) PE Screw size: M4 < Mounting screw size > M5 Notes: 1. The connectors N, N and NP3 (insertion type) are supplied with the servo amplifier.

62 N2 N P P N HRGE OPEN OPEN mplifier imensions (nit: mm) MR-J3-5B, 35B4, 5B4 (7.5) ø mounting hole pprox Fan (airflow direction) Terminal diagram (with terminal cover open) FN (7.5) HRGE N4 N2L N2 N1B N1 N3 N5 hen MR-J3BT is mounted 2.5 TE2 Three ground terminals (M4) N1B N1 N3 N5 N2L N2 N4 TE3 TE1 < Terminal screw size > TE1: M4 TE2: M3.5 ( 1) TE3: M4 PE: M4 < Mounting screw size > M5 < Terminal arment > TE2 TE3 N Built-in regenerative brake resistor lead terminal fixing screw TE1 PE P MR-J3-7B, 7B4 (7.5) ø mounting hole pprox Fan (airflow direction) 1. The TE2 terminal screw size has been changed to M3.5 from pril 27. For the servo amplifiers manufactured on or before March 27, the terminal screw size is M3. Terminal diagram (with terminal cover open) FN N5 N HRGE N1B N1 N3 N4 N2LN2 hen MR-J3BT is mounted 2.5 TE3 HRGE N4 N2LN2 N1B N1 N3 < Terminal screw size > TE1: M4 TE2: M3.5 ( 1) TE3: M4 PE: M4 < Mounting screw size > M5 (7.5) TE1 Three ground terminals (M4) TE2 < Terminal arment > TE3 N TE1 TE2 Built-in regenerative brake resistor lead terminal fixing screw PE P MR-J3-11KB to 22KB, 11KB4 to 22KB ø12 mounting hole pprox. 8 2 Fan (airflow direction) 1. The TE2 terminal screw size has been changed to M3.5 from pril 27. For the servo amplifiers manufactured on or before March 27, the terminal screw size is M3. Terminal diagram (with terminal cover open) N5 N1B N1 N3 N5 N3 N1 N1B N HRGE N4 N2L hen MR-J3BT is mounted P N TE =15 1 < Terminal arment > TE P N < Terminal screw size > Terminals Model MR-J3-11KB(4), 15KB(4),,,,,,, P,, N, M, M4 MR-J3-22KB(4) M8 M < Mounting screw size > M1

63 rive nit imensions MR-J3-MB(4) (nit: mm) MR-J3-3KB, 37KB, 45KB4, 55KB4 (Note 2) 2-ø7 mounting hole 38 3 (1) (2) 7 N4 N4B N4N2L N2 N5 N1B N1 N3 pprox. 8 hen MR-J3BT is mounted pprox. 2 (Note 1) (2) Fan (airflow direction) 338 Terminal diagram (with terminal cover open) TE2-1 PE N4 N4B TE1 N5 N3 N1 N1B N2 TE3 < Terminal screw size > TE1: M1 TE2-1: M TE3: M4 PE: M1 < Mounting screw size > M < Terminal arment > TE2-1 L+ L PE TE1 TE3 277 MR-J3-3KB4, 37KB4 (Note 2) 2-ø mounting hole () pprox. 8 pprox. 2 (Note 1) 18 Fan (airflow direction) Terminal diagram (with terminal cover open) N5 N4 N N4 N4B 338 N4B N1 N1B N2 TE2 TE3 hen MR-J3BT is mounted TE2 TE3 (1) TE (2) PE TE1 < Terminal screw size > TE1: M8 TE2: M TE3: M4 PE: M8 < Mounting screw size > M5 < Terminal arment > TE2 L+ L PE TE3 TE Notes: 1. The dimension applies when MR-J3BT is mounted. 2. For the converter unit dimensions and the panel-cut dimensions for the converter unit and the drive unit, refer to the section onverter unit dimensions.

64 Features/System onfiguration (MR-J3-B-RJ) Retaining the high performance, high functionality and usability of the MELSERO-J3 Series, MR-J3-B-RJ is able to read position feedback signals from a load-side encoder such as a linear encoder. MR-J3-B-RJ has realized less installation space and less wiring as compared to the MR-J2S Series. Features: MR-J3-B-RJ (Fully closed loop control compatible) High accuracy position control is possible with the fully closed loop system. ual feedback control provides the highest possible positioning response by using the position feedback signals from the motor encoder during high-speed rotation, and from the load-side encoder, such as a linear encoder, when positioning (stopping). High-speed, high-accuracy and high-reliability system can be configured with a serial interface linear encoder for MELSERO-J3 Series. bsolute position detection system is easily configured without a battery by using an absolute type linear encoder with compatible serial interface. <Simple overview of ual feedback control block> MR-J3- B(1) / (4)-RJ Servo motor ommand eviation counter ontrol filter Motor encoder Load-side encoder such as a linear encoder System configurations Fully closed loop control system can be easily configured by connecting the encoder to the N2L connector (load-side encoder interface). Select a load-side encoder in accordance with the following: 49(2 12 ) the number of the load-side encoder pulses per servo motor rotation 71884(2 2 ) (1) hen using a linear encoder with compatible serial interface or BZ phase pulse train interface : pplicable for the absolute position detection system when an absolute type encoder is used. The battery (MR-J3BT) is not required. For linear encoders, refer to the section MR-J3-MBM-RJ compatible linear encoders on page 7 in this catalog. SSNET# controller (Note 1) Q173P Q172P Q173HP Q172HP Q75MH SSNET# Position command control signal Encoder signal N1 NP3 N1B N2L N2 To the next servo amplifier axis Load-side encoder signal (Serial interface or BZ phase pulse train interface) Linear encoder with compatible serial interface or BZ phase pulse train interface Linear encoder head Servo motor Table (2) hen using a rotary encoder with compatible BZ phase pulse train interface: Not applicable for the absolute position detection system. SSNET# controller (Note 1) Q173P Q172P Q173HP Q172HP Q75MH SSNET# Position command control signal N1 NP3 N1B N2 To the next servo amplifier axis riving part N2L Load-side encoder signal (BZ phase pulse train interface) Servo motor Encoder signal Rotary encoder Notes: 1. For details on the controllers, refer to relevant programming manual or user s manual. 3

65 Fully losed Loop iagnostic Functions Fully closed loop diagnostic functions of MR onfigurator (Setup software) ith the fully closed loop diagnostic functions, monitoring and reading/writing of parameters related to the fully closed loop function are possible. [Fully closed diagnostics] window [Parameter-Fully closed selection] window Note: The screens shown on this page are for reference and may differ from the actual screens. Items displayed in the [Fully closed diagnostics] window umu. com. pulses Z-phase pass status Monitor display Item Motor side cumu. feedback pulses (before gear) Motor side cumu. feedback pulses (after gear) Load side cumu. feedback pulses Motor side droop pulses Load side droop pulses Polarity Encoder info. Fully closed loop changing device Parameter read Parameter write escription ounts and displays the position command input pulses. Resets to by pressing the lear button. ounts and displays the feedback pulses from the servo motor encoder. (Motor encoder unit) Resets to by pressing the lear button. ounts and displays the feedback pulses from the servo motor encoder. (Load-side encoder unit) Resets to by pressing the lear button. ounts and displays the feedback pulses from the load-side encoder. Resets to by pressing the lear button. isplays the difference between the motor-side position and the commanded position. isplays the difference between the load-side position and the commanded position. isplays + or - according to the load-side encoder polarity. isplays information about the load-side encoder. The displayed items vary depending on the type of the load-side encoder. isplays Z-phase pass status of the motor encoder when the fully closed loop system is Invalid. isplays Z-phase pass status of the load-side encoder when the fully closed loop system is alid or in Semi closed loop control/fully closed loop switching. isplays only when Semi closed loop control/fully closed loop control switching is selected for the fully closed loop system. isplays state of the Semi closed loop control/fully closed loop control switching bit and internal state selected. Starts monitoring by pressing the Monitor start button. Stops monitoring by pressing the Monitor stop button. Reads all parameters displayed on the window from the servo amplifier and displays them. rites all parameters displayed on the window into the servo amplifier. Items displayed in the [Parameter-Fully closed selection] window isplays the [Parameter-Fully closed selection] window by pressing the etails button in the [Fully closed diagnostics] window. Item Fully closed loop function Load side encoder polarity ontrol error detection method Position deviation error detection system Speed deviation error detection Position deviation error detection escription Selects the fully closed loop function from lways valid or Semi/Fully closed loop change. hen using this function, validate the fully closed loop system with the parameter No.. Selects the load-side encoder polarity with + or -. Selects the fully closed loop control error detection method. Selects the detection system regarding to the position deviation error of the fully closed loop control error detection function. Specifies the speed deviation error detection level used in the fully closed loop control error detection function. Specifies the position deviation error detection level used in the fully closed loop control error detection function. 4

66 mplifier Specifications MR-J3-B-RJ servo amplifier specifications: 1/2 model MR-J3-M-RJ 1B 2B 4B B 7B 1B 2B 35B 5B 7B 11KB 15KB 22KB 1B1 2B1 4B1 Main circuit power supply oltage/frequency (Note 1, 2) Permissible voltage fluctuation Permissible frequency fluctuation 3-phase 2 to 23 5/Hz or 1-phase 2 to 23 5/Hz (Note 1) For 3-phase 2 to 23: 3-phase 17 to 253 For 1-phase 2 to 23: 1-phase 17 to phase 2 to 23 5/Hz 3-phase 17 to 253 ±5% maximum 1-phase 1 to 12 5/Hz 1-phase 85 to 132 ontrol circuit power supply Interface power supply Load-side encoder interface oltage/frequency Permissible voltage fluctuation Permissible frequency fluctuation Power consumption () Serial interface Pulse train interface Input signal Minimum phase difference 1-phase 2 to 23 5/Hz (Note 1) 3 1-phase 2 to 23 5/Hz 1-phase 17 to 253 ±5% maximum 24 ±1% (required current capacity: 15m (Note 7)) Mitsubishi high-speed serial communication BZ phase differential input signal 2ns 1-phase 1 to 12 5/Hz 1-phase 85 to Regenerative resistor/ tolerable regenerative power () (Note 3, 4) Built-in regenerative resistor External regenerative resistor (Standard accessory) (Note 5, ) (8) (13) (13) 1 1 ontrol system Sine-wave PM control/current control system ynamic brake Built-in (Note 8, 11) External option Built-in (Note 8, 11) Safety features Structure Environment Mass (kg [lb]) mbient temperature (Note 9) mbient humidity tmosphere Elevation ibration.8 (1.8) Overcurrent shutdown, regeneration overvoltage shutdown, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), servo motor overheat protection, encoder fault protection, regeneration fault protection, undervoltage/sudden power outage protection, overspeed protection, excess error protection Self-cooling open (IP).8 (1.8) to 55 (32 to 131 F) (non freezing), storage: 2 to 5 (4 to 149 F) (non freezing) 9% RH maximum (non condensing), storage: 9% RH maximum (non condensing) 1. (2.2) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust 1. (2.2) 1.4 (3.1) 1.4 (3.1) 1m or less above sea level 2.3 (5.1) Fan cooling open (IP) 5.9m/s 2 maximum 2.3 (5.1) 4. (1).2 (14) 18 (4) 18 (4) 19 (42) Self-cooling open (IP).8 (1.8).8 (1.8) 1. (2.2) Notes:1. Rated output and speed of a servo motor are applicable when the servo amplifier, combined with the servo motor, is operated within the specified power supply voltage and frequency. Torque drops when the power supply voltage is below the specified value. 2. For torque characteristics when combined with a servo motor, refer to the section Servo motor torque characteristics in this catalog. 3. Optimal regenerative resistor varies for each system. 4. Refer to the section Options Optional regeneration unit in this catalog for the tolerable regenerative power (). 5. The servo amplifier (MR-J3-MKB-RZ) without an enclosed regenerative resistor is also available.. The value in ( ) applies when the external regenerative resistors, GRZG4-MΩ, (standard accessory) are used with cooling fans (2 units of 92 92mm, minimum air flow: 1.m 3 /min). Note that change in the parameter No. is required m is the value when all of the input/output points are used. The current capacity can be stepped down according to the number of input/output points in use. Refer to MR-J3-MB- RJ SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details. 8. Special specification models without a dynamic brake, MR-J3-MB-R and MR-J3-MB1-R, are also available for 7k or smaller servo amplifier. 9. The MR-J3-35B or smaller servo amplifier can be installed closely. In this case, keep the ambient temperature within to 45 (32 to 113 F), or use the servo amplifier with 75% or less of the effective load rate. 1. The special specification model, MR-J3-MB-RJ4, is also available for 1-phase 2 to hen using the built-in dynamic brake, refer to MR-J3-MB SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for the permissible load inertia moment ratio. 5

67 mplifier Specifications MR-J3-B-RJ servo amplifier specifications: 4 Main circuit power supply ontrol circuit power supply model MR-J3-M-RJ oltage/frequency (Note 1, 2) Permissible voltage fluctuation Permissible frequency fluctuation oltage/frequency Permissible voltage fluctuation Permissible frequency fluctuation Power consumption () Interface power supply Serial interface Load-side encoder interface Pulse train interface Input signal Minimum phase difference B4 1B4 2B4 35B4 5B4 7B4 11KB4 15KB4 22KB4 3-phase 38 to 48 5/Hz 3-phase 323 to 528 ±5% maximum 1-phase 38 to 48 5/Hz 1-phase 323 to 528 ±5% maximum ±1% (required current capacity: 15m (Note 7)) Mitsubishi high-speed serial communication BZ phase differential input signal 2ns Regenerative resistor/ tolerable regenerative power () (Note 3, 4) Built-in regenerative resistor External regenerative resistor (Standard accessory) (Note 5, ) (Note 9) 17 (Note 9) 5 (8) 85 (13) 85 (13) ontrol system Sine-wave PM control/current control system ynamic brake Built-in (Note 8, 1) External option Safety features Overcurrent shutdown, regeneration overvoltage shutdown, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), servo motor overheat protection, encoder fault protection, regeneration fault protection, undervoltage/sudden power outage protection, overspeed protection, excess error protection Structure Self-cooling open (IP) Fan cooling open (IP) mbient temperature to 55 (32 to 131 F) (non freezing), storage: 2 to 5 (4 to 149 F) (non freezing) mbient humidity 9% RH maximum (non condensing), storage: 9% RH maximum (non condensing) Environment tmosphere Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust Elevation 1m or less above sea level ibration 5.9m/s 2 maximum Mass (kg [lb]) 1.7 (3.7) 1.7 (3.7) 2.1 (4.) 4. (1) 4. (1).2 (14) 18 (4) 18 (4) 19 (42) Notes:1. Rated output and speed of a servo motor are applicable when the servo amplifier, combined with the servo motor, is operated within the specified power supply voltage and frequency. Torque drops when the power supply voltage is below the specified value. 2. For torque characteristics when combined with a servo motor, refer to the section Servo motor torque characteristics in this catalog. 3. Optimal regenerative resistor varies for each system. 4. Refer to the section Options Optional regeneration unit in this catalog for the tolerable regenerative power (). 5. The servo amplifier (MR-J3-MKB4-RZ) without an enclosed regenerative resistor is also available.. The value in ( ) applies when the external regenerative resistors, GRZG4-MΩ, (standard accessory) are used with cooling fans (2 units of 92 92mm, minimum air flow: 1.m 3 /min). Note that change in the parameter No. is required m is the value when all of the input/output points are used. The current capacity can be stepped down according to the number of input/output points in use. Refer to MR-J3-MB- RJ SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details. 8. Special specification models without a dynamic brake, MR-J3-MB4-R, are also available for 7k or smaller servo amplifier. 9. The amplifier built-in resistor is compatible with the maximum torque deceleration when the motor is used within the rated speed and the recommended load/motor inertia moment ratio. ontact Mitsubishi if the operating motor speed and the load/motor inertia moment ratio exceed the rated speed and the recommended ratio. 1. hen using the built-in dynamic brake, refer to MR-J3-MB SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for the permissible load inertia moment ratio.

68 Standard iring iagram onnector N2L connection examples (11) MR-J3-MB(1)/(4)-RJ N2L (Note 1) LG P5 MR2 MRR2 PLTE S LG P5 RQ /RQ FG Mitutoyo orporation Linear scale N2L (Note 1) 2 LG 1 P5 3 MR2 4 MRR2 PLTE S inner LG P5 MR MRR ase S Renishaw Inc. Linear encoder N2L (Note 1) 2 LG 3 MR2 4 MRR2 PLTE S MR MRR SH Sony Manufacturing Systems orporation Interpolator Sony Manufacturing Systems orporation Linear encoder PLTE N2L P5 LG MR2 MRR2 M2 MR2 S N2L (Note 1) 2 LG 1 P5 7 M2 8 MR2 3 MR2 4 MRR2 PLTE S 5 S /S RQ /RQ FG Heidenhain orporation Linear encoder N2L (Note 1) (Note 2) 1 P5 5 2 LG 3 P -phase 4 PR 5 PB B-phase PBR 7 PZ Z-phase 8 PZR 1 PSEL FG PLTE S BZ phase differential output linear encoder / rotary encoder Stabilized power supply (5/ 12 to 24) Notes: 1. hen manufacturing the linear encoder connection cable, use the optional N2L connector (MR-J3N2). Refer to MR-J3-MB-RJ SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details on the wiring. 2. If the encoder s current consumption exceeds 35m, supply power from an external source. MR-J3-MBM-RJ compatible linear encoders List of compatible linear encoders (Note 1) Mitsubishi serial interface compatible Linear encoder type BZ phase differential output type (Note 4) bsolute type Incremental type Incremental type Not designated Manufacturer Model Resolution Mitutoyo orporation Heidenhain orporation Sony Manufacturing Systems orporation Renishaw Inc. Heidenhain orporation T343 T543-S ST741 ST743 (Note 5) L491M 92M SL71+P-R/RH +MJ83 or MJ831 SH13 +MJ83 or MJ831 RGH2P RGH2Q RGH2R LI485+PE391M LI487+PE391M.5μm.5μm.1μm.5μm/.1μm.2μm.5μm 5μm 1μm.5μm.5μm (2/49μm) ithin tolerable resolution Rated speed (Note 2) 2.m/s 2.5m/s 4.m/s 2.m/s 3.m/s.4m/s 1.4m/s 4.m/s 3.2m/s 1.m/s 4.m/s epends on linear encoder Effective measurement length (maximum) 3mm 22mm mm 24mm 424mm 3mm 124mm 7mm 34mm 4mm epends on linear encoder ommunication method 2-wire type 4-wire type 2-wire type 4-wire type ifferential 3-pair type Position system bsolute Incremental Notes: 1. onsult with the relevant linear encoder manufacturer for details on the linear encoder s working environment and specifications such as ambient temperature, vibration resistance and protection level. lso, contact the manufacturer when using the linear encoder in high electrostatic noise environment. 2. The indicated values are the linear encoder s rated speed when used in combination with the Mitsubishi fully closed loop compatible servo amplifier. The values may differ from the manufacturers specifications. 3. The resolution differs according to the setting value of the interpolator, MJ83/MJ831 manufactured by Sony Manufacturing Systems orporation. 4. Output the -phase, B-phase and Z-phase signals in the differential line driver. The phase difference of -phase pulse and B-phase pulse, and the width of Z-phase pulse must be 2ns or wider. Home position return is not possible with a linear encoder which is not equipped with a Z-phase. 5. with software version 1 or above is compatible with this linear scale. L LR LB LBR Phase difference 2ns or wider 1 pulse of Z-phase... 2ns or wider LZ LZR 7

69 mplifier imensions MR-J3-MBM-RJ MR-J3-1B-RJ, 2B-RJ, 1B1-RJ, 2B1-RJ (Note 1) (nit: mm) ø mounting hole 4 pprox < Terminal arment > < Terminal arment > PE 15 N N NP3 N2L N P HRGE N1B N1 N3 N N4 N2L N2 N N N P N N N P Screw size: M4 < Mounting screw size > M5 NP3 NP3 For 1-phase 1 For 3-phase 2 or 1-phase 2 MR-J3-4B-RJ, B-RJ, 4B1-RJ (Note 1) ø mounting hole 4 pprox < Terminal arment > < Terminal arment > PE 15 N N NP3 N2L N P HRGE N5 N1B N1 N3 N4 N2L N N N N P N N N P Screw size: M4 < Mounting screw size > M5 NP3 NP3 For 1-phase 1 For 3-phase 2 or 1-phase 2 MR-J3-7B-RJ, 1B-RJ (Note 1) ø mounting hole pprox < Terminal arment > PE N N NP3 N2L N P HRGE N1B N1 N3 N N4 N2L N2 N N N P Screw size: M4 < Mounting screw size > M Fan (airflow direction) NP3 8 Notes: 1. The connectors N, N and NP3 (insertion type) are supplied with the servo amplifier.

70 mplifier imensions (nit: mm) MR-J3-B4-RJ, 1B4-RJ (Note) < Terminal arment > ø mounting hole 12 pprox PE 15 N N NP3 N P+ HRGE N1B N1 N3 N5 N4 N2L N N2L N N N P+ Screw size: M4 < Mounting screw size > M NP3 MR-J3-2B-RJ (until March 28 production), 35B-RJ (Note 1) ø mounting hole N N N P HRGE NP3 N N4 N2L N2 78 N1B N1 N3 N2L pprox Fan (airflow direction) < Terminal arment > N N N NP3 PE Screw size: M4 P MR-J3-2B-RJ will be modified from pril 28 production. fter the modification, the appearance of the servo amplifier and the N, N and NP3 connectors will be the same as those of MR-J3-2B4-RJ. ontact us for more details. < Mounting screw size > M5 MR-J3-2B4-RJ (Note 1), (MR-J3-2B-RJ (from pril 28 production) ) 15 N N NP3 N P+ 45 HRGE 9 85 N1B N1 N3 N5 N4 N2L N2 ø mounting hole 18 N2L pprox < Terminal arment > PE N N Screw size: M4 < Mounting screw size > M5 P+ 78 Fan (airflow direction) N MR-J3-2B-RJ will be modified from pril 28 production. fter the modification, the appearance of the servo amplifier and the N, N and NP3 connectors will be the same as those of MR-J3-2B4-RJ. ontact us for more details. NP3 9 Notes: 1. The connectors N, N and NP3 (insertion type) are supplied with the servo amplifier.

71 N2 N P N OPEN HRGE OPEN P mplifier imensions (nit: mm) MR-J3-5B-RJ, 35B4-RJ, 5B4-RJ (7.5) HRGE N4 N2L N2 N1B N1 N3 N5 2-ø mounting hole N2L pprox Fan (airflow direction) FN TE2 Terminal diagram (with terminal cover open) N1B N1 N3 N5 N2L N2 N4 TE3 < Terminal screw size > TE1: M4 TE2: M3.5 ( 1) TE3: M4 PE: M4 < Mounting screw size > M5 < Terminal arment > TE2 TE3 N (7.5) Three ground terminals (M4) TE1 TE1 PE P Built-in regenerative brake resistor lead terminal fixing screw 1. The TE2 terminal screw size has been changed to M3.5 from pril 27. For the servo amplifiers manufactured on or before March 27, the terminal screw size is M3. MR-J3-7B-RJ, 7B4-RJ 3 (7.5) 285 (7.5) HRGE N5 N1B N1 N3 N4 N2LN2 2-ø mounting hole N2L pprox Fan (airflow direction) FN TE3 TE1 HRGE Three ground terminals (M4) Terminal diagram (with terminal cover open) N5 N4 N2LN2 N1B N1 N3 TE2 < Terminal screw size > TE1: M4 TE2: M3.5 ( 1) TE3: M4 PE: M4 < Mounting screw size > M5 < Terminal arment > TE3 N TE1 PE P TE2 Built-in regenerative brake resistor lead terminal fixing screw 1. The TE2 terminal screw size has been changed to M3.5 from pril 27. For the servo amplifiers manufactured on or before March 27, the terminal screw size is M3. MR-J3-11KB-RJ to 22KB-RJ, 11KB4-RJ to 22KB4-RJ ø12 mounting hole pprox. 8 2 Fan (airflow direction) Terminal diagram (with terminal cover open) 4 37 N1B N1 N3 N5 N4 N2L N5 N3 N1 N1B N2 N2L HRGE P N TE =15 < Terminal arment > TE P N < Terminal screw size > Model Terminals,,,,,,, P,, N,, MR-J3-11KB(4)-RJ, 15KB(4)-RJ M M4 MR-J3-22KB(4) -RJ M8 M < Mounting screw size > M1

72 Peripheral Equipment (MR-J3-T) onnections with peripheral equipment (Note 1) Peripheral equipment is connected to MR-J3-T as described below. onnectors, options, and other necessary equipment are available so that users can set up MR-J3-T easily and begin using it right away. isplay panel isplays servo status and alarm number. Setting section Sets -Link communication baud rate, station number and the number of occupied station. SB communication (N5) (option) Monitoring, batch parameter entry and saving graph display and test operation can be performed with MR onfigurator (setup software) when connecting to user s personal computer by an optional SB cable (MR-J3SBBM). RS-422 communication (N3) personal computer can be connected, using a RS-422/RS-232 conversion cable. (Note 2) Parameter unit (option) The parameter unit can be connected by a commercial LN cable. MR-PR3 <ith front cover open> MR-J3- T (Note 4) (Note 4) -Link master controller QJ1BT11N FX2N-1L-M N connector (For main circuit power supply) N for input/output signal (Option) N connector (For control circuit power supply) sed to connect digital I/O signals NP3 connector (For motor power supply) harge lamp Illuminates when the main circuit power supply is ON. o not plug/unplug power lines when this lamp is ON. Manual pulse generator (MR-H) (Note 5) N2 Extension IO unit MR-J3-1 (Note 5) N2 Positioning with I/O is possible when MR-J3-1 (optional) is connected. Servo motor (The picture is of HF-K3.) N2 Battery (option) The battery (MR-J3BT) is required when the servo system is in absolute mode. Leave the control circuit power supply ON while replacing the battery. Not required when the servo system is in incremental mode. Junction terminal block (option) ll signals can be received easily at this terminal block without connecting the signals to the connector. 71 Notes: 1. Refer to MR-J3-MT SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for the actual connections. 2. personal computer can be connected using a RS-422/RS-232 conversion cable (refer to the section Ordering Information for ustomers in this catalog). In this case, some functions of MR onfigurator (setup software) may be limited. 3. The connections with peripheral equipment shown above is for MR-J3-35T or smaller servo amplifier. 4. SB interface (N5 connector) and RS-422 interface (N3 connector) are mutually exclusive. They cannot be used at the same time. 5. The manual pulse generator and the extension IO unit are not available with the indexer function.

73 Features Positioning operation can be performed just by setting position data (target positions), servo motor speeds, and acceleration/deceleration time constant, etc. in the point tables as if setting them in parameters. The servo can be used as the field network s drive source. This servo amplifier is the most appropriate when simplifying a system or configuring a simple positioning system without programs. lso, by using MR onfigurator (setup software) together with the servo amplifier, easier operation with advanced functions can be possible. Features: MR-J3-T (-Link compatible built-in positioning function) By using this servo amplifier with built-in positioning function, position and speed data, etc. can be set via -Link communication. (pplicable -Link version: er.1.1) Start, stop and monitor displays can be performed via -Link communication. Serial communication reduces wiring. -Link communication makes it possible to design the system with the servo amplifiers dispersed throughout. Parameter unit, MR-PR3 (optional), makes parameter setting and operation monitoring easier. -Link master unit (Programmable controller) -Link (Note 1) MR-J3-MTM (Note 2) MR-J3-MTM MR-J3-MTM MR-J3-MTM Personal computer communication cable (SB cable): MR-J3SBBM (Note 2) Terminal resistor or MR onfigurator (setup software) MRZJ3-SET21E Parameter unit MR-PR3 Notes: 1. hen using only remote device stations, up to 42 servo amplifiers can be connected when 1 station is occupied by 1 servo amplifier, and up to 32 servo amplifiers when 2 stations are occupied by 1 servo amplifier. 2. SB interface (N5 connector) and RS-422 interface (N3 connector) are mutually exclusive. They cannot be used at the same time. 72

74 Features Features: MR-J3-T+MR-J3-1 (I/O command) Positioning with I/O command is possible by using the extension IO unit, MR-J3-1 (optional). (Total digital input: 34 points. Total digital output: 19 points.) p to 255 point tables can be used. Simple positioning using I/O (Note 2) Positioning operation is performed with digital input/output signals. Parameter unit (MR-PR3) (Note 1) MR-J3-MTM N N5 N2 MR-J3-1 (Note 1) MR onfigurator (Setup software) MRZJ3-SET21E N3 N3 Input signals Point table No. selection 8bits Start signal etc. N NP3 N1 N N1 Junction terminal block (MR-TB5) Output signals Ready In-position etc. R R N2 N4 -digit digital switch (MR-S) Manual pulse generator (MR-H) Notes: 1. SB interface (N5 connector) and RS-422 interface (N3 connector) are mutually exclusive. They cannot be used at the same time. 2. MR-J3-1 is not available with the indexer function. Serial communication operation Positioning operation is performed by connecting servo amplifiers in the multi-drop configuration. The RS-422 protocol communication specifications are released, so the user can create a program. The monitor and parameter settings can be made with the MR onfigurator (setup software), MRZJ3-SET21E or above, using a personal computer. MR-J3-MTM MR-J3-MTM MR-J3-MTM RS-422/RS-232 conversion cable (Refer to the section Ordering Information for ustomers in this catalog.) (Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 2) To RS-232 connector (Maximum 32 axes) Notes: 1. Branch connector, BMJ-8 (HHIKO ELETRI O., LT) is recommended. Refer to the section Ordering Information for ustomers in this catalog. 2. onnect a terminal resistor, 15Ω. ommunications specifications The RS-422 (RS-232) specifications are as follows. Baud rate : 9, 192, 384, 57 or 1152 asynchronous. Transfer code : 1 start bit, 8 data bits, 1 parity bit (even number), 1 stop bit. Transfer protocol : haracter system, half-duplex communication. Start (LSB) (MSB) Parity Stop ata 1 frame (11bits) Next start 73

75 Operational Functions MR-J3-T operational functions Roll feed function apable of roll feeding operation (clear signal). Speed and acceleration/deceleration time constant, and override can be set. Position data can be set directly by remote register. MR-J3-MTM Positioning controller N N5 N3 R stop N N1 NP3 N N2 N4 onstant feed length Indexer function (Note 1) Positioning is performed by specifying stations (255 stations maximum). Movement amount can be automatically calculated by setting the numbers of stations and gears on machine-side and motor-side in parameters. Indexer function is available only with -Link communication. MR-J3-MTM -Link master unit (Programmable controller) N N5 N3 -Link N N1 Station NP3 N Station 7 Station 1 N2 N4 Station Station 2 Station 5 Station 3 Station 4 Notes: 1. with software version 4 or above is required for the indexer function. 74

76 ommand Method MR-J3-T positioning command method The following two types of command methods are available. Remote register (Note 1) Sets position data and servo motor speed data directly in the remote register, and then executes positioning. Specifies position data and servo motor speed data set previously with the point table No., and then executes Point table No. input positioning. Notes: 1. Setting and description of position and servo motor speed data for the remote register are same as for the point table. Refer to the Point table below. Point table: The following two types of point tables are available. (1) bsolute value command method: Moves to the address (absolute value) based on the home position. Item Position data Servo motor speed cceleration time constant eceleration time constant well time uxiliary function Setting to to permissible to 2 to 2 to 2 to 3 M code (Note 1) to 99 (Example of setting point table data) nit escription Point Servo cceleration time ation time eceler- Position well bsolute value command method table motor data time No. speed constant constant 1 STM Sets the address. STM is the ratio to the data. μm Incremental value command method Sets the movement amount. STM is the ratio to the data r/min ms ms ms Sets the acceleration time constant. (Note 2) Sets the deceleration time constant. (Note 2) Runs the next point table after the set dwell time. Sets the command speed for the servo motor used : : : : : : for positioning bsolute value command method : Positions and stops (waits for start signal). 1: ontinues operation for the next point table without stopping. Incremental value command method 2: Positions and stops (waits for start signal). 3: ontinues operation for the next point table without stopping. Sets output code when positioning completes. uxiliary function 1 or 3 uxiliary function or 2 uxiliary function 1 : 2 M code 1 2 : 99 If the point table No.1 s auxiliary function is 1 or 3, continuous positioning operation is carried out based on the point table as shown in the uxiliary function 1 or 3 below. If the point table No.1 s auxiliary function is or 2, a start signal must be issued as shown in uxiliary function or 2 below. Speed Speed Position address Start signal point table No.1 point table No Position address Start signal point table No.1 point table No (Note 1) M code M code data No.1 (Note 1) M code M code data No.1 M code data No.2 (2) Incremental value command method: Moves from the current value according to the set position data Item Position data Setting to nit 1 STM μm escription Sets the movement amount. STM is the ratio to the data. Servo motor speed cceleration time constant eceleration time constant well time uxiliary function to permissible to 2 to 2 to 2 and 1 r/min ms ms ms M code (Note 1) to 99 Sets the command speed for the servo motor used for positioning. Sets the acceleration time constant. (Note 2) Sets the deceleration time constant. (Note 2) Runs the next point table after the set dwell time. : Positions and stops (waits for start signal). 1: ontinues operation for the next point table without stopping. Sets output code when positioning completes. uxiliary function 1 uxiliary function (Example of setting point table data) Point table No. 1 2 : 255 Position data 1 1 : 5 Servo motor speed 2 1 : 3 cceleration time ation time eceler- constant constant 2 1 : : 1 well time : uxiliary function 1 : M code 1 2 : 99 If the point table No.1 s auxiliary function is 1, continuous positioning operation is carried out based on the point table as shown in the uxiliary function 1 below. If the point table No.1 s auxiliary function is, a start signal must be issued as shown in uxiliary function below. Speed Speed Position address point table No.1 point table No Position address point table No.1 point table No Start signal Start signal (Note 1) M code M code data No.1 (Note 1) M code M code data No.1 M code data No.2 Notes: 1. hen using M code, the extension IO unit MR-J3-1 (optional) is required. M code is digitally-output from MR-J3-1. Remote output is not possible. 2. S-pattern acceleration/deceleration time constant is set by the servo amplifier s parameters. 75

77 mplifier Specifications MR-J3-T servo amplifier specifications: 1/2 model MR-J3-1T 2T 4T T 7T 1T 2T 35T 5T 7T 11KT 15KT 22KT 1T1 2T1 4T1 Main circuit power supply oltage/frequency (Note 1, 2) Permissible voltage fluctuation Permissible frequency fluctuation 3-phase 2 to 23 5/Hz or 1-phase 2 to 23 5/Hz (Note 1) For 3-phase 2 to 23: 3-phase 17 to 253 For 1-phase 2 to 23: 1-phase 17 to phase 2 to 23 5/Hz 3-phase 17 to 253 ±5% maximum 1-phase 1 to 12 5/Hz 1-phase 85 to 132 ontrol circuit power supply Interface power supply Regenerative resistor/ tolerable regenerative power () (Note 3, 4) ontrol system ynamic brake Safety features oltage/frequency Permissible voltage fluctuation Permissible frequency fluctuation Power consumption () Built-in regenerative resistor External regenerative resistor (Standard accessory) (Note 5, ) 1-phase 2 to 23 5/Hz (Note 1) phase 2 to 23 5/Hz 1-phase 17 to 253 ±5% maximum 24 ±1% (required current capacity: 15m (Note 7)) Sine-wave PM control/current control system 17 1-phase 1 to 12 5/Hz 1-phase 85 to Built-in (Note 8, 11) External option Built-in (Note 8, 11) 5 (8) (13) (13) Overcurrent shutdown, regeneration overvoltage shutdown, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), servo motor overheat protection, encoder fault protection, regeneration fault protection, undervoltage/sudden power outage protection, overspeed protection, excess error protection 1 1 Structure Environment Mass (kg [lb]) mbient temperature (Note 9) mbient humidity tmosphere Elevation ibration.8 (1.8) Self-cooling open (IP).8 (1.8) Fan cooling open (IP) to 55 (32 to 131 F) (non freezing), storage: 2 to 5 (4 to 149 F) (non freezing) 9% RH maximum (non condensing), storage: 9% RH maximum (non condensing) 1. (2.2) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust 1. (2.2) 1.4 (3.1) 1.4 (3.1) 1m or less above sea level 2.1 (4.) 5.9m/s 2 maximum 2.3 (5.1) 4. (1).2 (14) 18 (4) 18 (4) 19 (42) Self-cooling open (IP).8 (1.8).8 (1.8) 1. (2.2) Notes:1. Rated output and speed of a servo motor are applicable when the servo amplifier, combined with the servo motor, is operated within the specified power supply voltage and frequency. Torque drops when the power supply voltage is below the specified value. 2. For torque characteristics when combined with a servo motor, refer to the section Servo motor torque characteristics in this catalog. 3. Optimal regenerative resistor varies for each system. Select the most suitable regenerative resistor by using the capacity selection software. 4. Refer to the section Options Optional regeneration unit in this catalog for the tolerable regenerative power (). 5. The servo amplifier (MR-J3-MKT-PX) without an enclosed regenerative resistor is also available.. The value in ( ) applies when the external regenerative resistors, GRZG4-MΩ, (standard accessory) are used with cooling fans (2 units of 92 92mm, minimum air flow: 1.m 3 /min). Note that change in the parameter No. is required m is the value when all of the input/output points are used. The current capacity can be stepped down according to the number of input/output points in use. Refer to MR-J3-MT SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details. 8. Special specification models without a dynamic brake, MR-J3-MT-E and MR-J3-MT1-E, are also available for 7k or smaller servo amplifier. 9. The MR-J3-35T or smaller servo amplifier can be installed closely. In this case, keep the ambient temperature within to 45 (32 to 113 F), or use the servo amplifier with 75% or less of the effective load rate. 1. The special specification model, MR-J3-MT-4, is also available for 1-phase 2 to hen using the built-in dynamic brake, refer to MR-J3-MT SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for the permissible load inertia moment ratio. 7

78 mplifier Specifications MR-J3-T servo amplifier specifications: 4 model MR-J3- T4 1T4 2T4 35T4 5T4 7T4 11KT4 15KT4 22KT4 Main circuit power supply oltage/frequency (Note 1, 2) Permissible voltage fluctuation Permissible frequency fluctuation 3-phase 38 to 48 5/Hz 3-phase 323 to 528 ±5% maximum oltage/frequency 1-phase 38 to 48 5/Hz ontrol circuit power supply Permissible voltage fluctuation Permissible frequency fluctuation 1-phase 323 to 528 ±5% maximum Power consumption () 3 45 Interface power supply 24 ±1% (required current capacity: 15m (Note 7)) Regenerative resistor/ tolerable regenerative power () (Note 3, 4) Built-in regenerative resistor External regenerative resistor (Standard accessory) (Note 5, ) (Note 9) 17 (Note 9) 5 (8) 85 (13) 85 (13) ontrol system Sine-wave PM control/current control system ynamic brake Built-in (Note 8, 1) External option Safety features Overcurrent shutdown, regeneration overvoltage shutdown, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), servo motor overheat protection, encoder fault protection, regeneration fault protection, undervoltage/sudden power outage protection, overspeed protection, excess error protection Structure Self-cooling open (IP) Fan cooling open (IP) mbient temperature to 55 (32 to 131 F) (non freezing), storage: 2 to 5 (4 to 149 F) (non freezing) mbient humidity 9% RH maximum (non condensing), storage: 9% RH maximum (non condensing) Environment tmosphere Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust Elevation 1m or less above sea level ibration 5.9m/s 2 maximum Mass (kg [lb]) 1.7 (3.7) 1.7 (3.7) 2.1 (4.) 4. (1) 4. (1).2 (14) 18 (4) 18 (4) 19 (42) Notes:1. Rated output and speed of a servo motor are applicable when the servo amplifier, combined with the servo motor, is operated within the specified power supply voltage and frequency. Torque drops when the power supply voltage is below the specified value. 2. For torque characteristics when combined with a servo motor, refer to the section Servo motor torque characteristics in this catalog. 3. Optimal regenerative resistor varies for each system. Select the most suitable regenerative resistor by using the capacity selection software. 4. Refer to the section Options Optional regeneration unit in this catalog for the tolerable regenerative power (). 5. The servo amplifier (MR-J3-MKT4-PX) without an enclosed regenerative resistor is also available.. The value in ( ) applies when the external regenerative resistors, GRZG4-MΩ, (standard accessory) are used with cooling fans (2 units of 92 92mm, minimum air flow: 1.m 3 /min). Note that change in the parameter No. is required m is the value when all of the input/output points are used. The current capacity can be stepped down according to the number of input/output points in use. Refer to MR-J3-MT SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details. 8. Special specification models without a dynamic brake, MR-J3-MT4-E are also available for 7k or smaller servo amplifier. 9. The amplifier built-in resistor is compatible with the maximum torque deceleration when the motor is used within the rated speed and the recommended load/motor inertia moment ratio. ontact Mitsubishi if the operating motor speed and the load/motor inertia moment ratio exceed the rated speed and the recommended ratio. 1. hen using the built-in dynamic brake, refer to MR-J3-MT SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for the permissible load inertia moment ratio. 77

79 mplifier Specifications MR-J3-T command and operation mode ommand interface Operation system Home position return mode Point table Indexer (Note 1) ommand method utomatic operation mode Manual operation mode ommand method utomatic operation mode Manual operation mode og system ount system ata set system Stopper system Item Ignore home (Servo-on position as home position) og system rear end reference ount system front end reference og cradle system og system adjacent Z-phase reference Remote register Point table No. input Point table og system front end reference og less Z-phase reference JOG operation Manual pulse generator Station position command input Speed command input Rotating direction specified JOG operation Remote register Speed No. input Shortest rotating direction Index JOG operation Torque limit switching dog system (Note 2) Torque limit switching data set system (Note 2) utomatic positioning to home position function Notes: 1. with software version 4 or above is required for the indexer function. 2. This mode is available only with the indexer function. escription -Link communication (er.1.1), IO command (extension IO unit MR-J3-1 is required), or RS-422 communication Possible with -Link communication when 2 stations occupied. Position command input: position command data is set with the remote register. Feed length input setting : ±1μm to ± mm. Speed command input: speed command data (rotating speed) is set with the remote register. Possible with -Link communication, IO command or RS-422 communication -Link communication (when 1 station occupied): 31 points -Link communication (when 2 stations occupied): 255 points IO command: 255 points (extension IO unit MR-J3-1 is required.) RS-422 communication: 255 points Position command input: selects from the point table. 1-point feed length setting : ±1μm to ± mm. Speed command input: selects speed and acceleration/deceleration time constant from the point table. Point table No. input or point table data input system. Each positioning operation based on position and speed data. Speed changing operation (2 to 255 speeds). utomatic continuous positioning operation (2 to 255 points) Roll feed display is selectable. learing droop pulses with the clear (R) signal is settable. Inches upon contact input, -Link communication or RS-422 communication based on speed data set by a parameter. Manual feed with the manual pulse generator. ommand pulse multiplication: 1, 1, 1 is selectable with parameter. Possible with -Link communication -Link communication (when 1 station occupied): 31 stations -Link communication (when 2 stations occupied): 255 stations Possible with -Link communication when 2 stations occupied. Sets speed command data (rotating speed) with the remote register. Selects speed and acceleration/deceleration time constant from the point table. (only when 2 stations occupied) Positions to the specified station. Rotating direction is settable. Positions to the specified station. Shorter rotating direction from the current point is selected. Rotates in a direction specified by rotating direction evaluation when the start signal (RYn1) turns ON. Positions to a nearest station where deceleration to a stop is possible when the start signal (RYn1) turns OFF. Inches upon -Link communication based on speed data set by a parameter. Returns to home position upon Z-phase pulse count after passing through near-point dog. irection for return to home position selectable. Home position shift amount and home position address settable. utomatic retreat on dog back to home position and automatic stroke retreat function. Returns to home position upon encoder pulse count after touching near-point dog. irection for return to home position selectable. Home position shift amount and home position address settable. utomatic retreat on dog back to home position and automatic stroke retreat function. Returns to home position without dog. Sets any position as home position using JOG operation, etc. Home position address settable. Returns to home position upon hitting end of stroke. irection for return to home position selectable. Home position address settable. ses position where the servo on signal (SON) turns ON as home position. Home position address settable. Returns to home position with respect to the rear end of a near-point dog. irection for return to home position selectable. Home position shift amount and home position address settable. utomatic retreat on dog back to home position and automatic stroke retreat function. Returns to home position with respect to the front end of a near-point dog. irection for return to home position selectable. Home position shift amount and home position address settable. utomatic retreat on dog back to home position and automatic stroke retreat function. Returns to home position upon the first Z-phase pulse with respect to the front end of a near-point dog. irection for return to home position selectable. Home position shift amount and home position address settable. utomatic retreat on dog back to home position and automatic stroke retreat function. Returns to home position upon the Z-phase pulse right before a near-point dog with respect to the front end of a near-point dog. irection for return to home position selectable. Home position shift amount and home position address settable. utomatic retreat on dog back to home position and automatic stroke retreat function. Returns to home position to the front end of a point dog with respect to the front end of a near-point dog. irection for return to home position selectable. Home position shift amount and home position address settable. utomatic retreat on dog back to home position and automatic stroke retreat function. Returns to home position to the first Z-phase pulse with respect to the first Z-phase pulse. irection for return to home position selectable. Home position shift amount and home position address settable Returns to home position upon Z-phase pulse count after passing through near-point dog. irection for return to home position selectable. Home position shift amount and home position address settable. utomatic retreat on dog back to home position and automatic stroke retreat function. Torque limit automatic switching function. Returns to home position without dog. Sets any position as home position. Home position address settable. Torque limit automatic switching function. High-speed automatic positioning to a defined home position 78

80 Extension IO nit MR-J3-1 specifications Item escription Model Power supply for interface igital input igital output nalog input nalog output Power supply for analog input signal Structure mbient temperature mbient humidity MR-J ±1% (required current capacity: 8m (Note 1, 2)) 3 points, photocoupler insulation, sink/source compatible 1 points, photocoupler insulation, sink/source compatible 2ch, to ±1 (input impedance: 1 to 12kΩ) 2ch, to ±12 5R: +15, permissible current: 3m (Note 5) N12R: 12, permissible current: 3m Self-cooling open (IP) to 55 (32 to 131 F) (non freezing), storage: 2 to 5 (4 to 149 F) (non freezing) 9% RH maximum (non condensing), storage: 9% RH maximum (non condensing) Environment Mass (g [lb]) tmosphere Elevation ibration Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust 1m or less above sea level 5.9m/s 2 maximum 14 (.31) <Functions connecting to MR-J3-MTM (Note 7)> Function escription igital input igital output nalog input nalog output Point table No. selection 1 to 8 (I to I7), Servo-on (SON), Reset (RES), External torque limit selection (TL), Internal torque limit selection (T), Manual pulse generator multiplication 1, 2 (TP, T), Override selection (OR), utomatic/manual selection (M), Temporary stop/restart (TSTP), Proportional control (P), Forward rotation start (ST1), Reverse rotation start (ST2), Position data input 1 to 12 (POS to POS3, POS1 to POS13, POS2 to POS23), Position data input symbol+ (POSP), lear (R), Position data input symbol (POSN), Strobe (STRB), Speed selection 1 to 3 (SP to S), Gain changing (P) (Note3) larm code ( to 3), M code (M to M3, M1 to M13), Temporary stop (PS), Positioning complete (MEN), Phase match (PO), In-position (INP), Position data request 1, 2 (PRQ1, PRQ2), Zero speed (ZSP), Torque limit in effect (TL), arning (NG), Electromagnetic brake interlock (MBR), ynamic brake interlock (B), Battery warning (BNG), Positioning output (POT), ariable gain selection (PS), ommand speed reached (S), Point table No. output 1 to 8 (PT to PT7) (Note3) Override () (1 to +1/ to 2%) nalog torque limit (TL) ( to ±1/maximum torque) nalog monitor output (MO1, MO2) (Note 4) <Functions connecting to MR-J3-MM-RJ4 (Note )> Function escription Position control mode Speed control mode Torque control mode Electric gear numerator digital input High resolution analog torque limit igital speed command input High resolution analog torque limit igital speed limit input High resolution torque command input The electric gear numerator can be set arbitrarily in 5-digit B or 1-bit binary. The torque limit can be set according to the rotating direction. TLP: to +1/maximum torque, resolution: 12-bit (Standard: 1-bit) TLN: to 1/maximum torque, resolution: 12-bit (Standard: 1-bit) The speed command can be set arbitrarily in 5-digit B or 12-bit (1-bit) binary. The torque limit can be set according to the rotating direction. TLP: to +1/maximum torque, resolution: 1-bit (Standard: 14-bit) TLN: to 1/maximum torque, resolution: 1-bit (Standard: 14-bit) The speed limit can be set arbitrarily in 5-digit B or 12-bit (1-bit) binary. External analog torque command (OT) to ±8/maximum torque, resolution: 12-bit (Standard: 1-bit) 79 Notes:1. 8m is the value when all of the input/output points are used. The current capacity can be stepped down according to the number of input/output points in use. Refer to MR-J3-MT MR-J3-1 SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details power supply for input/output signals can be shared by the servo amplifier and MR-J3-1. In this case, secure the power supply capacity corresponding to the points of the input/output signals to be used. 3. The signal assignment can be changed by setting the parameters. Refer to MR-J3-MT MR-J3-1 SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details. 4. nalog monitor output can be selected by setting the parameter. Refer to MR-J3-MT MR-J3-1 SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details. 5. 5R can be used as a power supply for TL and. N12R can be used as a power supply for. Note that the power voltage varies between 12 to 15.. MR-J3-MM-RJ4 is available for 1, 2 22k or smaller, and 4 11k to 22k. 7. MR-J3-1 is not available with the indexer function.

81 Extension IO nit Extension IO unit dimensions MR-J3-1 (nit: mm) N2 connector (MR-N1) onnector 112-3PE Shell kit F-8 2 pprox N2 N3 N N1 connector (MR-J3N1) onnector 115-3PE Shell kit F- imensions when MR-J3-1 is installed 1/2.1k to 3.5k 4.k to 2k MR-J k, 7k 4 3.5k to 7k MR-J3-1 N2 N N5 N2 N N3 N3 N1 N5 N3 N3 N1 NP3 L L ariable dimension model L MR-J3-1T(1) to 1T(4) 2 MR-J3-1(1)-RJ4 to 1-RJ4 MR-J3-2T(4), 35T 15 MR-J3-2-RJ4, 35-RJ4 MR-J3-35T4, 5T(4), 7T(4) 1 MR-J3-5-RJ4, 7-RJ4 Note: For servo amplifier 2/4 11k to 22k, MR-J3-1 will be built into the servo amplifier. 8

82 PR3 Standard iring iagram MR-J3-MTM onnection example Main circuit/control circuit power supply connection The connection differs according to the power voltage. Refer to the main circuit/control circuit power supply connection examples (1) to (). Main circuit power supply ontrol circuit power supply MR-J3-MT/T1/T4 N2 onnector N2 connection The connection differs according to each servo motor. Refer to the connector N2 connection examples (7) to (1). Encoder Z-phase pulse (differential line driver) Encoder -phase pulse (differential line driver) Encoder B-phase pulse (differential line driver) ontrol common Ready (Note 5) Malfunction Home position return completion 1m maximum (Note 1) R 1 R 2 R 3 (Note 9) N LZ LZR L LR LB LBR LG S R LM ZP PLTE (Note ) (Note 8) N3 LG P5 RP SN SP RN LG N (Note 1) 1m maximum Parameter unit MR-PR3 (Note 2) 24 power supply for interface + IOM OOM 5 17 Forced stop Near point dog (Note 4) Forward stroke end Reverse stroke end 1m maximum EMG OG LSP LSN (Note 8) N5 Personal computer running Microsoft indows -Link master unit (Programmable controller) -Link cable (Note 7) (Note 11) N1 SB cable MR-J3SBBM (option) MR onfigurator (Setup software) MRZJ3-SET21E Notes: 1. o not reverse the diode s direction. onnecting it backwards could cause the servo amplifier to malfunction such that the signals are not output, and the forced stop and other safety circuits are inoperable. 2. se the power supply 24±1% (required current capacity: 15m). 15m is the value when all of the input/output points are used. Note that the current capacity can be stepped down according to the number of input/output points in use. Refer to MR-J3-MT SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details. 3. Turn on the forced stop (EMG) signal (normally closed contact) before starting the operation, or cancel the forced stop signal with the parameter No.. 4. lose the forward/reverse stroke end (LSP, LSN) signals (normally closed contact) or turn on the forward/reverse stroke end signals with the parameter No. before starting the operation. 5. The malfunction (LM) signal is conducted to OOM in normal alarm-free condition.. onnect the shield wire securely to the plate inside the connector (ground plate). 7. For the -Link cable, refer to the section Ordering Information for ustomers in this catalog for details. 8. This is for sink wiring. Source wiring is also possible. Refer to MR-J3-MT SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details. 9. se the optional connector, MR-J2M for the N connector. 1. se a commercial LN cable (EI58 compliant). personal computer can be connected using a RS-422/RS-232 conversion cable. Note that SB interface (N5 connector) and RS-422 interface (N3 connector) are mutually exclusive. They cannot be used at the same time. Refer to the section Ordering Information for ustomers in this catalog for the RS-422/RS-232 conversion cable. 11. The N1 connector is used only when operated with -Link communication. Manufacture a -Link cable using the N1 connector supplied with the servo amplifier. 81

83 Standard iring iagram MR-J3-1 (Option) onnection example (Point table positioning operation) Extension IO unit MR-J3-1 (Note 5, ) (Note 1, 2) N1 N1 24 power supply + IOM IOM (Note 3, 4) R 22 OOM 37 1 (Note 4) R Point table No. selection 1 I for interface Point table No. selection 2 I R 3 Point table No. selection 3 I R 4 Point table No. selection 4 I M R 5 Point table No. selection 5 I M1 R R I5 4 M2 Point table No. selection 7 R I 7 41 M3 Point table No. selection 7 8 R I M1 Point table No. selection 8 9 Servo on SON M11 R 1 Reset RES 2 44 M12 R 11 External torque limit selection TL M13 R 12 Internal torque limit selection T 28 4 PS R 13 Manual pulse generator 1 TP MEN R 14 Manual pulse generator 2 T 3 48 PO R 15 Override selection OR INP R 1 utomatic/manual selection M 32 1m maximum Temporary stop/restart TSTP 33 Proportional control P 34 Forward rotation start ST N2 Reverse rotation start ST R 1m maximum 2 15 N12R PLTE TL LG M1 LG M2 S larm code output M code output Temporary stop Positioning complete Phase match In position pper limit setting Override ±1/ to 2% Lower limit setting pper limit setting nalog torque limit +1/maximum torque 1kΩ nalog monitor output 1 Maximum +1m total 1kΩ nalog monitor output 2 Maximum +1m total 2m maximum Notes: 1. se the power supply 24±1% (required current capacity: 8m). 8m is the value when all of the input/output points are used. Note that the current capacity can be stepped down according to the number of input/output points in use. Refer to MR-J3-MT MR-J3-1 SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details power supply for input/output signals can be shared by the servo amplifier and MR-J3-1. In this case, secure the power supply capacity corresponding to the points of the input/output signals to be used. 3. o not reverse the diode s direction. onnecting it backwards could cause the servo amplifier and/or MR-J3-1 to malfunction such that the signals are not output, and the forced stop and other safety circuits are inoperable. 4. This is for sink wiring. Source wiring is also possible. Refer to MR-J3-MT MR-J3-1 SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details. 5. MR-J3-1 connects directly to the N7 connector of the servo amplifier, MR-J3-MTM or MR-J3-MM-RJ4.. MR-J3-1 is not available with the indexer function. 82

84 N P HRGE HRGE L.RN S R L.ERR mplifier imensions MR-J3-MTM (nit: mm) MR-J3-1T, 2T, 1T1, 2T1 (Note 1) 4 pprox. 8 ø mounting hole 15 N N NP3 L.RN S R L.ERR N P HRGE N4 N2 N N3 N5 N3 N N hen MR-J3BT (25.5) (8) is mounted (14) N7 135 < Terminal arment > < Terminal arment > N N NP3 N P For 1-phase 1 N N NP3 N P For 3-phase 2 or 1-phase 2 PE Screw size: M4 < Mounting screw size > M5 MR-J3-4T, T, 4T1 (Note 1) ø mounting hole 4 pprox < Terminal arment > < Terminal arment > PE 15 N N NP3 (25.5) N4 N2 N N3 N5 N3 N N (14) hen MR-J3BT is mounted (8) N7 N N NP3 N P N N NP3 N P Screw size: M4 < Mounting screw size > M5 For 1-phase 1 For 3-phase 2 or 1-phase 2 MR-J3-7T, 1T (Note 1) ø mounting hole 12 pprox < Terminal arment > PE 15 N N NP3 N P (25.5) L.RN S R L.ERR N4 N2 N N3 N5 11 N3 N1 (14) 18 N hen MR-J3BT is mounted (8) N7 Fan (airflow direction) N N NP3 N P Screw size: M4 < Mounting screw size > M5 83 Notes: 1. The connectors N, N and NP3 (insertion type) are supplied with the servo amplifier.

85 L.RN S R L.ERR L.RN S R L.ERR mplifier imensions (nit: mm) MR-J3-T4, 1T4 (Note 1) < Terminal arment > ø mounting hole 12 pprox PE 15 N N NP3 N P+ HRGE N N3 N5 N4 N N3 N1 N N7 N N N P+ Screw size: M4 < Mounting screw size > M (25.5) (14) hen MR-J3BT is mounted (8) NP3 MR-J3-2T, 2T4 (Note 1) 15 N N NP3 N P+ 45 HRGE 9 85 (25.5) 78 N4 N2 N N3 N5 ø mounting hole 18 (14) N3 N1 N pprox hen MR-J3BT is mounted (8) N7 Fan (airflow direction) < Terminal arment > PE N N Screw size: M4 < Mounting screw size > M5 P+ N MR-J3-2T has been modified from January 28 production. ue to the modification, the appearance of the servo amplifier and the N, N and NP3 connectors have changed. The previous model is also available. ontact us for more details. NP3 MR-J3-35T (Note 1) 15 N NP3 N 45 N HRGE P L.RN S R L.ERR (25.5) N4 N2 N N3 N5 ø mounting hole N3 N1 (14) 18 N pprox. 8 hen MR-J3BT is mounted 21.4 (8) N7 195 Fan (airflow direction) < Terminal arment > N N N NP3 PE Screw size: M4 P < Mounting screw size > M5 84 Notes: 1. The connectors N, N and NP3 (insertion type) are supplied with the servo amplifier.

86 L.RN S R L.ERR L.RN S R L.ERR L.RN S R L.ERR L.RN S R L.ERR mplifier imensions (nit: mm) MR-J3-5T, 35T4, 5T (7.5) ø mounting hole L.RN S L.ERR R HRGE N4 N2 N N3 N5 N3 N1 N hen MR-J3BT is mounted pprox Fan (airflow direction) FN TE2 TE1 Terminal diagram (with terminal cover open) Three ground terminals (M4) L.RN S L.ERR R N4 N2 N N3 N5 TE3 < Terminal screw size > TE1: M4 TE2: M3.5 ( 1) TE3: M4 PE: M4 < Mounting screw size > M5 < Terminal arment > TE2 TE1 PE TE3 N P Built-in regenerative brake resistor lead terminal fixing screw 1. The TE2 terminal screw size has been changed to M3.5 from pril 27. For the servo amplifiers manufactured on or before March 27, the terminal screw size is M3. MR-J3-7T, 7T ø mounting hole N N3 N5 N3 N1 N pprox Fan (airflow direction) FN Terminal diagram (with terminal cover open) N3 N5 N < Terminal screw size > TE1: M4 TE2: M3.5 ( 1) TE3: M4 PE: M4 < Mounting screw size > M5 N4N2 N4N2 < Terminal arment > HRGE hen MR-J3BT is mounted 2.5 TE3 TE3 N TE1 TE2 (7.5) TE1 Three ground terminals (M4) TE2 PE P Built-in regenerative brake resistor lead terminal fixing screw 1. The TE2 terminal screw size has been changed to M3.5 from pril 27. For the servo amplifiers manufactured on or before March 27, the terminal screw size is M3. MR-J3-11KT to 22KT, 11KT4 to 22KT ø12 mounting hole pprox. 8 2 Fan (airflow direction) Terminal diagram (with terminal cover open) N N3 N5 N3 N1 N N N1 N3 N HRGE N4 N2 hen MR-J3BT is mounted N2 N TE 2 2=15 85 < Terminal arment > TE P N < Terminal screw size > Model Terminals,,,,,,, P,, N,, MR-J3-11KT(4), 15KT(4) M M4 MR-J3-22KT(4) M8 M < Mounting screw size > M1

87 Options ynamic brake hen using an 11k or larger servo amplifier, use the dynamic brake if the servo motor must be suddenly stopped during a power failure or when the protection circuit functions. Model Fig. B-11K B-15K B-22K B-11K-4 MR-J3-11K/B/T MR-J3-15K/B/T MR-J3-22K/B/T MR-J3-11K4/B4/T4 B-22K-4 MR-J3-15K4/B4/T4 B MR-J3-22K4/B4/T4 Model rive unit Fig. MR-J3-3K/B B-37K MR-J3-37K/B MR-J3-3K4/B4 MR-J3-37K4/B4 B-55K-4 MR-J3-45K4/B4 MR-J3-55K4/B4 External dimensions (nit: mm) onnections Model B-11K B-15K B-22K E B E 2 B G F E 5 F (13) 2.3 Terminal arment a b Screw size: M3.5 Screw size: M4 G Mass kg (lb) Electrical wire size (mm 2 ) (4.4) 5.5 (G1) 5.5 (G1) NFB M MR-J3-MB(4) (Note 1) N3 LM R 1 Servo motor H-LP SM Step-down transformer (Note 4) B (Note 2) R 2 2-ø7 mounting hole TE1 a b Screw size: M3.5 TE2 R1 EM1 OFF Ready ON M M SK IOM OOM EM1 S 24 EM TE1 TE2 43 Screw size: M4 R2 (Note ) a b ynamic brake (B) B TE1 TE2 Model Mass Electrical wire size (mm 2 ) kg (lb),, Other than,, B-11K-4 B-22K-4.7 (15) 5.5 (G1) 2 (G14) ø1 mounting hole TE TE Model B-37K B-55K-4 TE1 Screw size: M5 TE2 a b Screw size: M Mass Electrical wire size (mm 2 ) kg (lb),, Other than,, 8 (18) (24) (G) (G14) NFB R1 R2 M Step-down transformer (Note 4) EM1 Ready OFF/ON M SK onverter unit M1 M2 L+ L EM1 OOM (Note 5) EM1 rive unit MR-J3-MB(4) (Note 1) L+ L N3 LM B (Note 2) IOM OOM EM1 S 24 EM1 (Note 5) a b R 1 R ynamic brake (B) Servo motor H-LP SM Notes: 1. The connection diagrams, Fig. and B, are for MR-J3-MB(4) and Fig. for MR-J3-MB(4). For connection diagram for MR-J3-M(4) or MR-J3-M(4), refer to MR-J3-M SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL. 2. alidate the dynamic brake interlock (B) signal with the parameter No. P7 to P9 for MR-J3-MB(4) or MR-J3-MB(4). 3. The terminals 13 and 14 are normally opened outputs. If the dynamic brake is welded, the terminals 13 and 14 will be opened. So, create the external sequence that the servo on signal does not turn on when the terminals 13 and 14 are opened. 4. This is for 4. The 2 does not require a step-down transformer. 5. reate a circuit that validates the forced stop (EM1) signals of the drive unit and the converter unit at the same time.. hen using B-11K-4 or B-22K-4, the power supply must be between 1-phase 38 to 43 5/Hz. Refer to MR-J3 SERO MPLIFIER MNL for details. 8

88 MR-J3 Basic onfiguration MR-J3-Basic configuration Necessary optional cables and connectors vary depending on the servo amplifier type and servo motor series. Follow the flow below to make sure the options required. Selecting options for servo amplifiers General-purpose interface MR-J3-MM Refer to page 89 to 9 in this catalog. Servo amplifier SSNET3 compatible MR-J3-MBM Refer to page 94 to 9 in this catalog. Positioning function MR-J3-MTM -Link command Refer to page 98 to 99 in this catalog. I/O command MR-J3-1 Refer to page 99 in this catalog. Selecting cables for servo motor se the cables below for connecting the servo motor with the servo amplifier. Refer to the cable list in the following page for the corresponding cables. Encoder cable Power supply cable Electromagnetic brake cable (Note 1) Small capacity Low inertia ltra low inertia HF-KPM(B) HF-MPM(B) able No.1 able No.2 able No.3 Medium inertia HF-SPM(B) able No.4 able No.5 able No. Servo motor Medium capacity Low inertia Flat type H-LPM(B) H-PM(B) able No.4 able No.7 able No.8 (Note 2) ltra low inertia H-RPM(B) able No.4 able No.7 Low inertia H-LPM(B) able No.4 able No.8 Medium/large capacity Low inertia For H-LP 2r/min series 5k and 7k H-LP52 H-LP72 able No.4 able No.7 Notes: 1. The electromagnetic cable is required only for the motor with an electromagnetic brake. 2. The electromagnetic cable is not required for 1.5k or smaller servo motors of H-LP series and of H-P series as the power supply connector has electromagnetic brake terminals. 87

89 MR-J3 Basic onfiguration ables for servo motors No. Item Model 1 Encoder cable: Select one from the following (1) to (8). Lead out in direction Long bending life 1m or shorter of motor shaft Standard (irect connection type) IP5 Lead out in opposite Long bending life direction of motor shaft Standard Exceeding 1m (Relay type) I Lead out in direction of motor shaft Lead out in opposite direction of motor shaft Long bending life Standard Long bending life Standard (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) () (7) (8) MR-J3ENBLMM-1-H MR-J3ENBLMM-1-L MR-J3ENBLMM-2-H MR-J3ENBLMM-2-L Two types of cables are required. MR-J3JBM-1-L MR-EKBLMM-H Two types of cables are required. MR-J3JBM-1-L MR-EKBLMM-L Two types of cables are required. MR-J3JBM-2-L MR-EKBLMM-H Two types of cables are required. MR-J3JBM-2-L MR-EKBLMM-L Refer to item q on page 91 of this catalog. Refer to item w on page 91 of this catalog. Refer to item e and t on page 91 of this catalog. Refer to item r and t on page 91 of this catalog. Motor power supply cable: Select one from the following (1) to (). 2 1m or shorter (irect connection type) Exceeding 1m (Relay type) IP5 IP55 Lead out in direction of motor shaft Lead out in opposite direction of motor shaft Lead out in direction of motor shaft Lead out in opposite direction of motor shaft Long bending life Standard Long bending life Standard Standard Standard (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) () MR-PS1BLMM-1-H MR-PS1BLMM-1-L MR-PS1BLMM-2-H MR-PS1BLMM-2-L se a user-manufactured cable connected to MR-PS2BM-1-L (optional cable). se a user-manufactured cable connected to MR-PS2BM-2-L (optional cable). Refer to item! on page 91 of this catalog. Refer to item!1 on page 91 of this catalog. Refer to item!2 on page 91 of this catalog. Refer to item!3 on page 91 of this catalog. Motor electromagnetic brake cable: Select one from the following (1) to (). 3 1m or shorter (irect connection type) Exceeding 1m (Relay type) IP5 IP55 Lead out in direction of motor shaft Lead out in opposite direction of motor shaft Lead out in direction of motor shaft Lead out in opposite direction of motor shaft Long bending life Standard Long bending life Standard Standard Standard (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) () MR-BKS1BLMM-1-H MR-BKS1BLMM-1-L MR-BKS1BLMM-2-H MR-BKS1BLMM-2-L se a user-manufactured cable connected to MR-BKS2BM-1-L (optional cable). se a user-manufactured cable connected to MR-BKS2BM-2-L (optional cable). Refer to item!9 on page 92 of this catalog. Refer to on page 92 of this catalog. Refer to on page 92 of this catalog. Refer to on page 92 of this catalog. Encoder cable: Select one from the following (1) to (2). 4 IP7 Long bending life Standard (1) (2) MR-J3ENSBLMM-H MR-J3ENSBLMM-L Refer to item u on page 91 of this catalog. 5 Motor power supply cable: Select one from the following (1) to (3). For HF-SP51, 81 HF-SP52(4), 12(4), 152(4) For HF-S21, 21, 31 IP7 HF-S2(4), 352(4), 52(4) For HF-SP421, 72(4) (1) (2) (3) Manufacture a cable using MR-PNS4 (optional connector). Manufacture a cable using MR-PNS5 (optional connector). Manufacture a cable using MR-PNS3 (optional connector). Refer to item!4 on page 92 of this catalog. Refer to item!5 on page 92 of this catalog. Refer to item! on page 92 of this catalog. Motor electromagnetic brake cable Manufacture a cable using MR-BKNS1 (optional connector). Motor power supply cable: Select one from the following (1) to (3). For H-LP52, 12, 152 H-R3, 153, 23 H-P72, 152 (1) Manufacture a cable using MR-PNS1 (optional connector). Refer to item!7 on page 92 of this catalog. 7 IP5, IP7 For H-L2, 32 H-RP353, 53 H-2, 352, 52 H-LP52 (2) Manufacture a cable using MR-PNS2 (optional connector). Refer to item!8 on page 92 of this catalog. For H-LP72 (3) Manufacture a cable using MR-PNS3 (optional connector). Refer to item! on page 92 of this catalog. 8 Motor electromagnetic brake cable Manufacture a cable using MR-BKN (optional cable). 88

90 Options ables and connectors for MR-J3- Q75P Q75 1S75P FX2N-2GM FX2N-1GM FX2N-1PG FX2N-1PG Positioning unit Operation panel N N5 N N3 N N Parameter unit MR-PR3 MR onfigurator (Setup software) MRZJ3-SET21E NP3 N2 1BSE-T cable etc. (EI58 compliant) <For HF-KP/HF-MP servo motor series: encoder cable length 1m or shorter> For leading the cables out in a direction of the motor shaft To NP3 Motor power supply cable 1 Motor electromagnetic brake cable To N2 For leading the cables out in an opposite direction of the motor shaft Motor power supply cable 11 Motor electromagnetic brake cable 19 Encoder cable Battery connection relay cable Encoder cable Servo motor Servo motor <For HF-KP/HF-MP servo motor series: encoder cable length over 1m> For leading the cables out in a direction of the motor shaft To NP3 Motor power supply cable 12 ire size.75mm 2 (G19) (Note 2) Manufacture a relay cable. Motor electromagnetic brake cable 21 ire size.5mm 2 (G2) Manufacture a relay cable. Encoder cable Battery connection relay cable To N2 For leading the cables out in an opposite direction of the motor shaft Motor electromagnetic brake cable Manufacture a relay cable. Encoder cable Motor power supply cable Manufacture a relay cable. (Note 2) 22 ire size.5mm 2 (G2) 13 ire size.75mm 2 (G19) 3 (Note 1) (Note 1) Servo motor Servo motor Notes:1. This cable does not have a long bending life, so always fix the cable before using. 2. If the length exceeds 1m, relay a cable using the cable MR-PS2BM-1-L/-2-L. This cable does not have a long bending life, so always fix the cable before using. Refer to MR-J3-M SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details on manufacturing the relay cable. 3. If the length exceeds 1m, relay a cable using the cable MR-BKS2BM-1-L/-2-L. This cable does not have a long bending life, so always fix the cable before using. Refer to MR-J3-M SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details on manufacturing the relay cable. <For HF-SP servo motor series> Motor power supply connector To NP3 (for the servo amplifier 2 3.5k or smaller and 4 2k or smaller) To TE1 (for the servo amplifier 2 5k or 7k and 4 3.5k to 7k) Manufacture a cable Motor electromagnetic brake connector To N2 23 Manufacture a cable. Encoder cable 7 Battery connection relay cable 9 8 Servo motor 89

91 Options ables and connectors for MR-J3- <For H-LP/H-RP/H-P servo motor series or H-LP52/72> Motor power supply connector To NP3 (for the servo amplifier 2 3.5k or smaller and 4 2k or smaller) To TE1 (for the servo amplifier 2 5k or 7k and 4 3.5k to 7k) Manufacture a cable Motor electromagnetic brake connector To N2 24 (Note 1) Manufacture a cable. Encoder cable 7 Battery connection relay cable 9 8 Servo motor Notes: 1. The electromagnetic cable is not required for 1.5k or smaller servo motors of H-LP series and of H-P series as the power supply connector has electromagnetic brake terminals. <For H-LP servo motor series 22k or smaller (Note 1)> Q75P Q75 1S75P FX2N-2GM FX2N-1GM FX2N-1PG FX2N-1PG Positioning unit Operation panel N5 N N3 N Parameter unit MR-PR3 MR onfigurator (Setup software) MRZJ3-SET21E Motor electromagnetic brake connector N2 1BSE-T cable etc. (EI58 compliant) 24 (Note 2, 3) Manufacture a cable. Encoder cable 7 Battery connection relay cable 8 9 Servo motor Notes: 1. H-LP52 and 72 are excluded. 2. The servo motors with an electromagnetic brake are available in 12k or smaller for H-LP 1r/min series, 15k or smaller for H-LP 15r/min series and 11 to 22k for H-LP 2r/min series. 3. For connectors in general-environment use, refer to the section Ordering Information for ustomers. <For H-LP servo motor series 3k or larger> Q75P Q75 1S75P FX2N-2GM FX2N-1GM FX2N-1PG FX2N-1PG Positioning unit Operation panel onverter unit rive unit BSE-T cable etc. (EI58 compliant) Parameter unit MR-PR3 MR onfigurator (Setup software) MRZJ3-SET21E N N1 N 31 N5 N4 N N N4 N3 N1 Battery connection relay cable 35 N4B 9 N2 33 Encoder cable Servo motor

92 Options ables and connectors for MR-J3- Encoder cables and connector sets for N2 q w e r t y u 1m or shorter (irect connection type) Exceeding 1m (Relay type) Exceeding 1m (Relay type) Protection Item Model escription level Encoder cable for HF-KP/HF-MP series Lead out in direction of motor shaft Encoder cable for HF-KP/HF-MP series Lead out in opposite direction of motor shaft Motor-side encoder cable for HF-KP/HF-MP series Lead out in direction of motor shaft Motor-side encoder cable for HF-KP/HF-MP series Lead out in opposite direction of motor shaft mplifier-side encoder cable for HF-KP/HF-MP series Junction connector, mplifier connector (Note 2) for HF-KP/HF-MP series Encoder cable for HF-SP/H-LP/H-RP/H-P/ H-LP series MR-J3ENBLMM-1-H M=cable length: 2, 5, 1m (Note 1) MR-J3ENBLMM-1-L M=cable length: 2, 5, 1m (Note 1) MR-J3ENBLMM-2-H M=cable length: 2, 5, 1m (Note 1) MR-J3ENBLMM-2-L M=cable length: 2, 5, 1m (Note 1) MR-J3JBM-1-L able length:.3m (Note 1) MR-J3JBM-2-L able length:.3m (Note 1) MR-EKBLMM-H M=cable length: 2, 3, 4, 5m (Note 1) MR-EKBLMM-L M=cable length: 2, 3m (Note 1) MR-ENM MR-J3ENSBLMM-H M=cable length: 2, 5, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5m (Note 1) MR-J3ENSBLMM-L M=cable length: 2, 5, 1, 2, 3m (Note 1) IP5 IP5 IP5 IP5 I I I I I IP7 IP7 Encoder connector (Tyco Electronics MP) mplifier connector 321-1PL (receptacle, 3M) (shell kit, 3M), or (connector set, Molex) Encoder connector (Tyco Electronics MP) Junction connector (Tyco Electronics MP) (with ring) (contact) (housing) (cable clamp) se this in combination of t or y. Junction connector (Tyco Electronics MP) (housing) (connector pin) MTI-2 (cable clamp, TO ELETRI INSTRIL) se this in combination of e or r. Junction connector (Tyco Electronics MP) (housing) (connector pin) MTI-2 (cable clamp, TO ELETRI INSTRIL) <pplicable cable example> ire size:.3mm 2 (G22) ompleted cable outer diameter: φ8.2mm rimping tool ( ) is required. Encoder connector (K) <For 1m or shorter cable> M1-SS-M (straight plug) M1-#22S(1)-1 (socket contact) mplifier connector 321-1PL (receptacle, 3M) (shell kit, 3M), or (connector set, Molex) mplifier connector (connector set, Molex), or 321-1PL (receptacle, 3M) (shell kit, 3M) se these in combination of e or r. mplifier connector 321-1PL (receptacle, 3M) (shell kit, 3M), or (connector set, Molex) <For exceeding 1m> M1-SS-M (straight plug) M1-#22S(2)-1 (socket contact) i Encoder connector set for HF-SP/H-LP/H-RP/H-P/ H-LP series MR-J3SNS IP7 Encoder connector (K) M1-SS-M (straight plug) M1-#22S(S1)-1 (socket contact) <pplicable cable example> ire size:.5mm 2 (G2) or smaller ompleted cable outer diameter: φ. to 9.mm mplifier connector 321-1PL (receptacle, 3M) (shell kit, 3M), or (connector set, Molex) mplifier N2 connector (3M or an equivalent product) 321-1PL (receptacle) (shell kit) o Battery connection relay cable MR-J3BTBM able length:.3m (Note 4) Battery connector (HIROSE ELETRI) F3-2EP-2 (plug) F3-E428P (rimping terminal for plug) 2 pcs. Junction connector (3M) 311-3F (plug) 331-F2-8 (shell kit) Not required when the servo system is used in incremental mode. Refer to the section Options Battery connection relay cable for details. 91 Select one from! to!8 for the motor power supply!!1!2!3 1m or shorter (irect connection type) Exceeding 1m (Relay type) Power supply cable for HF-KP/HF-MP series Lead out in direction of motor shaft Power supply cable for HF-KP/HF-MP series Lead out in opposite direction of motor shaft Power supply cable for HF-KP/HF-MP series Lead out in direction of motor shaft Power supply cable for HF-KP/HF-MP series Lead out in opposite direction of motor shaft MR-PS1BLMM-1-H M=cable length: 2, 5, 1m (Note 1) MR-PS1BLMM-1-L M=cable length: 2, 5, 1m (Note 1) MR-PS1BLMM-2-H M=cable length: 2, 5, 1m (Note 1) MR-PS1BLMM-2-L M=cable length: 2, 5, 1m (Note 1) MR-PS2BM-1-L able length:.3m (Note 1) MR-PS2BM-2-L able length:.3m (Note 1) IP5 IP5 IP5 IP5 Motor power supply connector (Japan viation Electronics Industry) JN4FT4SJ1-R (plug) ST-TMH-S-1B-1-(534G) (socket contact) Lead-out Motor power supply connector (Japan viation Electronics Industry) JN4FT4SJ2-R (plug) ST-TMH-S-1B-1-(534G) (socket contact) Lead-out Notes: 1. -H and -L indicate a bending life. -H indicates a long bending life, and -L indicates a standard bending life. 2. Refer to MR-J3 SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details on manufacturing the cable. 3. Molex connector can be used for the amplifier N2 connector. Model: (connector set) 4. The battery connection relay cable (MR-J3BTBM) has a diode built-in. o not manufacture this cable. This optional cable must be used. IP55 IP55

93 Options ables and connectors for MR-J3- Protection Item Model escription level!4 Power supply connector for HF-SP51, 81, HF-SP52, 12, 152, HF-SP524, 124, 1524 MR-PNS4 (Straight type) IP7 Motor power supply connector (K) E5-18-1S--BSS (plug) (straight) E (cable clamp) <pplicable cable example> ire size: 2mm 2 (G14) to 3.5mm 2 (G12) ompleted cable outer diameter: φ1.5 to 14.1mm Select one from! to!8 for the motor power supply!5!!7 Power supply connector for HF-S21, 21, 31 HF-S2, 352, 52, HF-S24, 3524, 524 Power supply connector for HF-SP421, 72, 724 H-LP72 Power supply connector for H-LP52, 12, 152, H-R3, 153, 23, H-P72, 152 MR-PNS5 (Straight type) MR-PNS3 (Straight type) MR-PNS1 (Straight type) IP7 IP7 IP5 Motor power supply connector (K) E S--BSS (plug) (straight) E (cable clamp) <pplicable cable example> ire size: 5.5mm 2 (G1) to 8mm 2 (G8) ompleted cable outer diameter: φ12.5 to 1mm Motor power supply connector (K) E S--BSS (plug) (straight) E (cable clamp) <pplicable cable example> ire size: 14mm 2 (G) to 22mm 2 (G4) ompleted cable outer diameter: φ22 to 23.8mm Motor power supply connector (K) E S--BSS (plug) (straight) E (cable clamp) <pplicable cable example> ire size: 2mm 2 (G14) to 3.5mm 2 (G12) ompleted cable outer diameter: φ9.5 to 13mm!8 Power supply connector for H-L2, 32, H-RP353, 53, H-2, 352, 52, H-LP52 MR-PNS2 (Straight type) IP5 Motor power supply connector (K) E5-24-1S--BSS (plug) (straight) E (cable clamp) <pplicable cable example> ire size: 5.5mm 2 (G1) to 8mm 2 (G8) ompleted cable outer diameter: φ13 to 15.5mm Select one for the motor @2 1m or shorter (irect connection type) Exceeding 1m (Relay type) Brake cable for HF-KP/HF-MP series Lead out in direction of motor shaft Brake cable for HF-KP/HF-MP series Lead out in opposite direction of motor shaft Brake cable for HF-KP/HF-MP series Lead out in direction of motor shaft Brake cable for HF-KP/HF-MP series Lead out in opposite direction of motor shaft MR-BKS1BLMM-1-H M=cable length: 2, 5, 1m (Note 1) MR-BKS1BLMM-1-L M=cable length: 2, 5, 1m (Note 1) MR-BKS1BLMM-2-H M=cable length: 2, 5, 1m (Note 1) MR-BKS1BLMM-2-L M=cable length: 2, 5, 1m (Note 1) MR-BKS2BM-1-L able length:.3m (Note 1) MR-BKS2BM-2-L able length:.3m (Note 1) IP5 IP5 IP5 IP5 IP55 IP55 Brake connector for IP7 HF-SP series (Straight type) Motor brake connector (Japan viation Electronics Industry) JN4FT2SJ1-R (plug) ST-TMH-S-1B-1-(534G) (socket contact) Lead-out Motor brake connector (Japan viation Electronics Industry) JN4FT2SJ2-R (plug) ST-TMH-S-1B-1-(534G) (socket contact) Lead-out Motor brake connector (K) (soldered type) M1-SS-L(straight plug), M1-#22S(S2)-1(socket contact) <pplicable cable example> ire size: 1.25mm 2 (G1) or smaller ompleted cable outer diameter: φ9. to 11.mm Brake connector for H-L2B, 32B, H-2B, 352B, H-LB, 81B, 12K1B, MR-BKN 14B, 814B, 12K14B, (Straight type) H-LP71MB, 11K1MB, 15K1MB, IP5 71M4B, 11K1M4B, 15K1M4B, H-L1K2B, 15K2B, 22K2B, 11K24B, 15K24B, 22K24B Notes: 1. -H and -L indicate a bending life. -H indicates a long bending life, and -L indicates a standard bending life. Motor brake connector /MS311SL-4S(19) (plug, K) YSO1-5 to 8 (cable connector (straight), aiwa engyo) <pplicable cable example> ire size:.3mm 2 (G22) to 1.25mm 2 (G1) ompleted cable outer diameter: φ5 to 8.3mm 92

94 Options ables and connectors for MR-J3- Protection Item Model escription level N connector N connector NP3 connector Insertion tool For 1k or smaller (1/2) (connector) (Molex or an equivalent product) (connector) (Molex or an equivalent product) (connector) (Molex or an equivalent product) (Molex or an equivalent product) <pplicable cable example> ire size:.14mm 2 (G2) to 2.5mm 2 (G14) ompleted cable outer diameter: up to φ3.8mm N connector N connector NP3 connector Insertion tool For N, N, mplifier power supply connector set (Note 4) MR-J3-35 MR-J3-35B MR-J3-2B-RJ (Note ) MR-J3-35B-RJ MR-J3-35T (Standard accessory: Insertion type) P4/-STF-7.2-RH P4/3-STF-7.2-RH (connector) (connector) (connector) (PHOENIX or an (Molex or an (PHOENIX or an equivalent product) equivalent product) equivalent product) <pplicable cable example> ire size:.2mm 2 (G24) to 5.5mm 2 (G1) ompleted cable outer diameter: up to φ5mm N connector (Molex or an equivalent product) N connector NP3 connector Insertion tool MR-J3-2 (Note 5) MR-J3-2B (Note 5) MR-J3-2T (Note 5) MR-J3-24 or smaller MR-J3-2B4 or smaller MR-J3-2B4-RJ or smaller MR-J3-2T4 or smaller /2- (plug) (GO or an equivalent product) /2- (plug) (GO or an equivalent product) <pplicable cable example> ire size:.8mm 2 (G28) to 2.5mm 2 (G12) ompleted cable outer diameter: up to φ4.1mm /2- (plug) (GO or an equivalent product) (GO or an equivalent product) N1 connector Junction terminal block cable MR-J3N1 MR-J2M-N1TBLMM M=cable length:.5, 1m mplifier connector (3M or an equivalent product) 115-3PE (connector) F-8 (shell kit) Junction terminal block connector (3M) 795-B5FL (connector) mplifier connector (3M or an equivalent product) 115-EL (connector) (shell kit) (Note 1) For Personal computer communication cable SB cable MR-J3SBBM able length: 3m mplifier connector mini-b connector (5 pins) Personal computer connector connector For Monitor cable MR-J3NBM able length: 1m mplifier connector (Molex) (housing) (terminal) # Junction terminal block MR-TB5 For drive unit N4, and converter unit N4 #1 Protection coordination cable MR-J3L5M able length:.5m #2 onnector set MR-J2N1- onverter unit connector (3M or an equivalent product) 112-3PE (connector) F-8 (shell kit) (Note 2) onverter unit connector (3M or an equivalent product) 112-3PE (connector) F-8 (shell kit) (Note 2) rive unit connector (HON TSSHIN KOGYO) PR-S2FS+(connector) PR-LS2L1 (case) rive unit connector (HON TSSHIN KOGYO) PR-S2FS+(connector) PR-LS2L1 (case) For drive unit N4B #3 Terminal connector MR-J3-TM Terminal connector For converter unit #4 #5 ontrol signal connector (for N1) Magnetic contactor control connector (for N) (Standard accessory) (Standard accessory) onverter unit connector (K) 17JE239-2(8)K11-G (connector) onverter unit connector (PHOENIX) GFK 2.5/2-STF-7.2 (socket) 93 Notes: 1. The connector and the shell kit are press bonding type. Models for soldered type are 115-3PE (connector) and F-8 (shell kit). 2. The connector and the shell kit are soldered type. Models for press bonding type are 112-EL (connector) and (shell kit). 3. Refer to the section Peripheral Equipment Electrical wires, circuit breakers, magnetic contactors in this catalog for details on recommended electrical wire size. 4. The connector type is available for 1/2 3.5kw or smaller and 4 2k or smaller servo amplifiers. For 2 5kw or larger and 4 3.5k or larger, connector blocks are mounted. 5. MR-J3-2/B/T have been modified from January 28 production. ue to the modification, the appearance of the servo amplifier and the N, N and NP3 connectors have changed. The previous model is also available. ontact us for more details.. MR-J3-2B-RJ will be modified from pril 28 production. ue to the modification, the appearance of the servo amplifier and the N, N and NP3 connectors will change. The connectors will be the ones manufactured by GO, the same as those of MR-J3-2B4-RJ.

95 Options ables and connectors for MR-J3-B Q173P Q172P Q173HP Q172HP Q75MH FX3u-2SS-H ontroller N N5 N3 N1 N MR onfigurator (Setup software) MRZJ3-SET21E N N5 N3 N1 N NP3 N1B NP3 N1B 3 N2 N2 ttach the cap to the unused connector. <For HF-KP/HF-MP servo motor series: encoder cable length 1m or shorter> For leading the cables out in a direction of the motor shaft To NP3 Motor power supply cable 1 Motor electromagnetic brake cable To N2 For leading the cables out in an opposite direction of the motor shaft Motor power supply cable 11 Motor electromagnetic brake cable 19 Battery connection relay cable Encoder cable Encoder cable Servo motor Servo motor <For HF-KP/HF-MP servo motor series: encoder cable length over 1m> For leading the cables out in a direction of the motor shaft To NP3 Motor power supply cable 12 ire size.75mm 2 (G19) (Note 2) Manufacture a relay cable. Motor electromagnetic brake cable 21 ire size.5mm 2 (G2) Manufacture a relay cable. Encoder cable 3 5 (Note 1) Battery connection relay cable 9 To N2 For leading the cables out in an opposite direction of the motor shaft Manufacture a relay cable. 5 Manufacture a relay cable. Motor electromagnetic brake cable Encoder cable 4 (Note 1) Motor power supply cable (Note 2) 13 ire size.75mm 2 (G19) 22 ire size.5mm 2 (G2) Servo motor Servo motor Notes:1. This cable does not have a long bending life, so always fix the cable before using. 2. If the length exceeds 1m, relay a cable using the cable MR-PS2BM-1-L/-2-L. This cable does not have a long bending life, so always fix the cable before using. Refer to MR-J3-MB SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details on manufacturing the relay cable. 3. If the length exceeds 1m, relay a cable using the cable MR-BKS2BM-1-L/-2-L. This cable does not have a long bending life, so always fix the cable before using. Refer to MR-J3-MB SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details on manufacturing the relay cable. <For HF-SP servo motor series> Motor power supply connector To NP3 (for the servo amplifier 2 3.5k or smaller and 4 2k or smaller) To TE1 (for the servo amplifier 2 5k or 7k and 4 3.5k to 7k) Manufacture a cable. Motor electromagnetic brake connector To N2 23 Manufacture a cable. Encoder cable 7 Battery connection relay cable 9 8 Servo motor 94

96 Options ables and connectors for MR-J3-B <For H-LP/H-RP/H-P servo motor series or H-LP52/72> Motor power supply connector To NP3 (for the servo amplifier 2 3.5k or smaller and 4 2k or smaller) To TE1 (for the servo amplifier 2 5k or 7k and 4 3.5k to 7k) Manufacture a cable. Motor electromagnetic brake connector To N2 24 (Note 1) Manufacture a cable. Encoder cable 7 Battery connection relay cable 9 8 Servo motor Notes: 1. The electromagnetic cable is not required for 1.5k or smaller servo motors of H-LP series and of H-P series as the power supply connector has electromagnetic brake terminals. <For H-LP servo motor series 22k or smaller (Note 1)> Q173P Q172P Q173HP Q172HP Q75MH FX3u-2SS-H ontroller N5 N3 N MR onfigurator (Setup software) MRZJ3-SET21E N5 N3 N1 N1B N1B 3 N2 N2 Motor electromagnetic brake connector ttach the cap to the unused connector. 24 (Note 2, 3) Manufacture a cable. Encoder cable 7 Battery connection relay cable 8 9 Servo motor Notes:1. H-LP52 and 72 are excluded. 2. The servo motors with an electromagnetic brake are available in 12k or smaller for H-LP 1r/min series, 15k or smaller for H-LP 15r/min series and 11 to 22k for H-LP 2r/min series. 3. For connectors in general-environment use, refer to the section Ordering Information for ustomers. 95

97 Options ables and connectors for MR-J3-B <For H-LP servo motor series 3k or larger> Q173P Q172P Q173HP Q172HP Q75MH FX3u-2SS-H ontroller MR onfigurator (Setup software) MRZJ3-SET21E onverter unit rive unit onverter unit 29 rive unit N N1 N N N5 N3 N N1 N N4 33 N5 N3 N N4 N4B N1 N1B N N4 N4B N1 N1B 3 N2 N Encoder cable 7 Battery connection relay cable ttach the cap to the unused connector. 8 9 Servo motor <For MR-J3-MBM-RJ> For options other than for the connector N2L, refer to the section able and connectors for MR-J3-B on page 94 and 95 in this catalog. N N5 N3 N NP3 N1 N1B N2 N2L The necessary options for the connector N2L vary depending on the linear scale or the linear encoder used. Refer to MR-J3-MB-RJ SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details. 9

98 Options ables and connectors for MR-J3-B Encoder cables, battery connection relay cable, power supply cables, brake cables, and servo amplifier power supply connector set from q are same as for MR-J3-. Refer to page 91 to 93 in this catalog. Protection Item Model escription level For controller, @8 SSNET3 cable (Note 4) (Standard cord for inside panel) SSNET3 cable (Note 4) (Standard cable for outside panel) SSNET3 cable (Note 4) (Long distance cable, long bending life) MR-J3BSMM M=cable length:.15,.3,.5, 1, 3m MR-J3BSMM- M=cable length: 5, 1, 2m MR-J3BSMM-B M=cable length: 3, 4, 5m (Note 2) onnector (Japan viation Electronics Industry) PF-213 (connector) onnector (Japan viation Electronics Industry) F-213-S (connector) onnector (Japan viation Electronics Industry) PF-213 (connector) onnector (Japan viation Electronics Industry) F-213-S onnector set for SSNET3 (Note 4) MR-J3BN1 onnector (Japan viation Electronics Industry) PF-213 (connector) onnector (Japan viation Electronics Industry) PF-213 (connector) For N1B # onnector cap for SSNET3 (Standard accessory) For N5 #1 Personal computer communication cable SB cable MR-J3SBBM able length: 3m mplifier connector mini-b connector (5 pins) Personal computer connector connector Note: This cable cannot be used with the SSNET3 compatible controller. For N3 #2 Input/output signal connector MR-N1 mplifier connector (3M or an equivalent product) 112-3PE (connector) F-8 (shell kit) (Note 1) For drive unit N4 and converter unit N4 #3 Protection coordination cable MR-J3L5M able length:.5m #4 onnector set MR-J2N1- onverter unit connector (3M or an equivalent product) 112-3PE (connector) F-8 (shell kit) (Note 1) onverter unit connector (3M or an equivalent product) 112-3PE (connector) F-8 (shell kit) (Note 1) rive unit connector (HON TSSHIN KOGYO) PR-S2FS+(connector) PR-LS2L1 (case) rive unit connector (HON TSSHIN KOGYO) PR-S2FS+(connector) PR-LS2L1 (case) For drive unit N4B #5 Terminal connector MR-J3-TM Terminal connector For converter unit # #7 ontrol signal connector (for N1) Magnetic contactor control connector (for N) (Standard accessory) (Standard accessory) onverter unit connector (K) 17JE239-2(8)K11-G (connector) onverter unit connector (PHOENIX) GFK 2.5/2-STF-7.2 (socket) 97 For N2L #8 #9 $ N2L cable N2L connector set N2L connector MR-EKBLMM-H M=cable length: 2, 5,1m MR-ENM MR-J3N2 mplifier connector 321-1PL (receptacle, 3M) (shell kit, 3M), or (connector set, Molex) mplifier connector (connector set, Molex), or 321-1PL (receptacle, 3M) (shell kit, 3M) Notes: 1. The connector and the shell kit are soldered type. Models for press bonding type are 112-EL (connector) and (shell kit). 2. ontact Mitsubishi for details on the long bending life cables shorter than 3m. 3. Special tools are required. ontact Mitsubishi for details. 4. Look carefully through the precautions enclosed with the options before use. I I mplifier connector 321-1PL (receptacle, 3M) (shell kit, 3M), or (connector set, Molex) Junction connector (Tyco Electronics MP) (housing) (connector pin) MTI-2 (cable clamp, TO ELETRI INSTRIL) Junction connector (Tyco Electronics MP) (housing) (connector pin) MTI-2 (cable clamp, TO ELETRI INSTRIL) <pplicable cable example> ire size:.3mm 2 (G22) ompleted cable outer diameter: φ8.2mm rimping tool ( ) is required.

99 PR3 LM/ T MON GN PRM TEST Fn SHIFT ES E F B 4 5 F RE 1STEP STOP RESET Options ables and connectors for MR-J3-T -Link master unit (Programmable controller) 25 N N NP3 N5 N3 N1 N 1BSE-T cable etc. (EI58 compliant) 27 2 MR onfigurator (Setup software) MRZJ3-SET21E Parameter unit MR-PR3 N N NP3 N5 N3 N1 N Terminal resistor N2 N2 <For HF-KP/HF-MP servo motor series: encoder cable length 1m or shorter> For leading the cables out in a direction of the motor shaft To NP3 Motor power supply cable 1 Motor electromagnetic brake cable To N2 For leading the cables out in an opposite direction of the motor shaft Motor power supply cable 11 Motor electromagnetic brake cable 19 Encoder cable Battery connection relay cable Encoder cable Servo motor Servo motor <For HF-KP/HF-MP servo motor series: encoder cable length over 1m> For leading the cables out in a direction of the motor shaft To NP3 Motor power supply cable 12 ire size.75mm 2 (G19) (Note 2) Manufacture a relay cable. Motor electromagnetic brake cable 21 ire size.5mm 2 (G2) Manufacture a relay cable. Encoder cable Battery connection relay cable To N2 For leading the cables out in an opposite direction of the motor shaft Motor electromagnetic brake cable Manufacture a relay cable. Encoder cable Motor power supply cable Manufacture a relay cable. (Note 2) 22 ire size.5mm 2 (G2) 13 ire size.75mm 2 (G19) (Note 1) 9 (Note 1) Servo motor Servo motor Notes:1. This cable does not have a long bending life, so always fix the cable before using. 2. If the length exceeds 1m, relay a cable using the cable MR-PS2BM-1-L/-2-L. This cable does not have a long bending life, so always fix the cable before using. Refer to MR-J3-MT SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details on manufacturing the relay cable. 3. If the length exceeds 1m, relay a cable using the cable MR-BKS2BM-1-L/-2-L. This cable does not have a long bending life, so always fix the cable before using. Refer to MR-J3-MT SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details on manufacturing the relay cable. <For HF-SP servo motor series> Motor power supply connector To NP3 (for the servo amplifier 2 3.5k or smaller and 4 2k or smaller) To TE1 (for the servo amplifier 2 5k or 7k and 4 3.5k to 7k) Manufacture a cable. Motor electromagnetic brake connector To N2 23 Manufacture a cable. Encoder cable 7 Battery connection relay cable 9 8 Servo motor 98

100 PR3 LM/ T MON GN PRM TEST Fn SHIFT ES E F B 4 5 F RE 1STEP STOP RESET Options ables and connectors for MR-J3-T <For H-LP/H-RP/H-P servo motor series or H-LP52/72> Motor power supply connector To NP3 (for the servo amplifier 2 3.5k or smaller and 4 2k or smaller) To TE1 (for the servo amplifier 2 5k or 7k and 4 3.5k to 7k) Manufacture a cable. Motor electromagnetic brake connector To N2 24 (Note 1) Manufacture a cable. Encoder cable 7 Battery connection relay cable 9 8 Servo motor Notes: 1. The electromagnetic cable is not required for 1.5k or smaller servo motors of H-LP series and of H-P series as the power supply connector has electromagnetic brake terminals. <For H-LP servo motor series (Note 1)> -Link master unit (Programmable controller) N5 N3 N1 N 2 1BSE-T cable etc. (EI58 compliant) 27 MR onfigurator (Setup software) MRZJ3-SET21E Parameter unit MR-PR3 N5 N3 N1 N Terminal resistor N2 N2 Motor power supply connector 24 (Note 2, 3) Manufacture a cable. Encoder cable 7 Battery connection relay cable 8 9 Servo motor Notes:1. H-LP52 and 72 are excluded. 2. The servo motors with an electromagnetic brake are available in 12k or smaller for H-LP 1r/min series, 15k or smaller for H-LP 15r/min series and 11 to 22k for H-LP 2r/min series. 3. For connectors in general-environment use, refer to the section Ordering Information for ustomers. <sing the extension IO unit MR-J3-1 (Note 1)> Extension IO unit N N5 N3 N2 N3 28 N NP3 N1 N N igital switch N Notes: 1. ables and connectors for the servo amplifiers are same as when the extension IO unit is not used. 99

101 Options ables and connectors for MR-J3-T Encoder cables, battery connection relay cable, power supply cables, brake cables, and servo amplifier power supply connector set from q are same as for MR-J3-. Refer to page 91 to 93 in this catalog. For Protection Item Model escription level Personal computer communication cable MR-J3SBBM SB cable able length: 3m mplifier connector mini-b connector (5 pins) Personal computer connector connector For N connector MR-J2M mplifier connector (3M or an equivalent product) 112-3PE (connector) F-8 (shell kit) For Input/output signal connector MR-N1 mplifier connector (3M or an equivalent product) 112-3PE (connector) F-8 (shell kit) (Note 2) For # Input/output signal connector Junction terminal block cable MR-J3N1 MR-J2M-N1TBLMM M=cable length:.5, 1m mplifier connector (3M or an equivalent product) 115-3PE (connector) F-8 (shell kit) mplifier connector (3M or an equivalent product) 115-EL (connector) (shell kit) Junction terminal block connector (3M) 795-B5FL (connector) #1 Junction terminal block MR-TB5 #2 igital switch cable (for between MR-S and MR-J3-1) MR-SBLMM-G M=cable length: 3, 5, 1m #3 igital switch cable (for between each MR-S) MR-SBLM M=cable length: 25, 1cm Notes: 1. The connector and the shell kit are press bonding type. Models for soldered type are 112-3PE (connector) and F-8 (shell kit). 2. The connector and the shell kit are soldered type. Models for press bonding type are 112-EL (connector) and (shell kit). 3. The connector and the shell kit are press bonding type. Models for soldered type are 115-3PE (connector) and F-8 (shell kit). 1

102 Ordering Information for ustomers To order the following products, contact the relevant manufacturers directly. Personal computer communication cables RS-422/RS-232 conversion cable Protection Item Model escription level S-B mplifier connector Personal computer connector Manufacturer: iatrend orp. RS-422 connector Protection Item Model escription level RS-422 connector TM1P-88P Manufacturer: HIROSE ELETRI O., LT. RS-422 distributor (for multi drop) Protection Item Model escription level Branch connector BMJ-8 Manufacturer: HHIKO ELETRI O., LT. -Link twisted cable Protection Item Model escription level -Link twisted cable FN-11SBH Manufacturer: Kuramo Electric o., LT. power supply connectors (press bonding type)... For 1k or smaller Item Model Protection level escription pplicable cable example mplifier N connector (connector) (terminal) Manufacturer: Molex mplifier N connector (connector) (terminal) Manufacturer: Molex ire size:.75mm 2 (G18) to 2.5mm 2 (G14) ompleted cable outer diameter: up to φ3.8mm rimping tool (NP ) is required. mplifier NP3 connector (connector) (terminal) Manufacturer: Molex Encoder connectors <For HF-KP/HF-MP series> Item Model Protection level escription pplicable cable example Motor encoder connector mplifier N2 connector (Note 1) (connector set) IP5 Manufacturer: Tyco Electronics MP K.K. Manufacturer: Molex ire size:.14mm 2 (G2) to.3mm 2 (G22) ompleted cable outer diameter: φ7.1 ±.3mm rimping tools, (for gland clip) and (for receptacle contact), are required. <For HF-SP/H-LP/H-RP/H-P/H-LP series> Item Motor encoder connector Type Straight onnector Straight plug M1-SS-M Socket contact M1-#22S(1)-1 M1-#22S(2)-1 M1-#22S(S1)-1 ontact Press bonding type Soldered type Protection level IP7 escription Manufacturer: K Ltd. pplicable cable example ire size ompleted cable outer diameter.3mm 2 (G22) to.5mm 2 (G2) rimping tool (357J-544) is required..8mm 2 (G28) to.25mm 2 (G23) rimping tool (357J-5447) is required..5mm 2 (G2) or smaller φ. to 9.mm mplifier N2 connector (Note) (connector set) Manufacturer: Molex Notes: 1. The amplifier N2 connector manufactured by 3M can also be used. Model: 321-1PL (receptacle), (shell kit). 11

103 Ordering Information for ustomers Motor power supply connectors <For HF-KP/HF-MP series> Protection Item Model escription pplicable cable example level Motor power supply connector JN4FT4SJ1-R (plug) ST-TMH-S-1B-1-(534G) (socket contact) IP5 Manufacturer: Japan viation Electronics Industry, Ltd. ire size:.75mm 2 (G19) ompleted cable outer diameter: φ.2 ±.3mm Fluoric resin wire (inyl jacket cable F4 <L Style 213> (SP38-X), KRBE INSTRIL O.,LT. or an equivalent product) rimping tool (T1-3-TMH5B) is required. <For HF-SP series> Item Motor power supply connector for HF-SP51, 81, HF-SP52, 12, 152, HF-SP524, 124, 1524 Motor power supply connector for HF-S21, 21, 31, HF-S2, 352, 52, HF-S24, 3524, 524 Motor power supply connector for HF-SP421, 72, HF-SP724 Plug Notes: 1. Not compliant with EN standards. able clamp Type Model Model Straight E5-18-1S--BSS E E ngled E S--BS E E Straight /MS31B18-1S /MS357-1 ngled /MS318B18-1S /MS357-1 Straight E S--BSS E E ngled E S--BS E E Straight /MS31B22-22S /MS ngled /MS318B22-22S /MS Straight E S--BSS E ngled E S--BS E Straight /MS31B32-17S /MS357-2 ngled /MS318B32-17S /MS357-2 <For H-LP/H-RP/H-P series or H-LP52/72> Item Motor power supply connector for H-LP52, 12, 152, H-R3, 153, 23, H-P72, 152 Motor power supply connector for H-L2, 32, H-RP353, 53, H-2, 352, 52, H-LP52 Motor power supply connector for H-LP72 Plug Notes: 1. Not compliant with EN standards. able clamp Type Model Model Straight E S--BSS E E ngled E S--BS E E Straight /MS31B22-23S /MS ngled /MS318B22-23S /MS Straight E5-24-1S--BSS E E ngled E S--BS E E Straight /MS31B24-1S /MS357-1 ngled /MS318B24-1S /MS357-1 Straight E S--BSS E ngled E S--BS E Straight /MS31B32-17S /MS357-2 ngled /MS318B32-17S /MS357-2 Protection level IP7 EN standards General environment (Note 1) IP7 EN standards General environment (Note 1) IP7 EN standards General environment (Note 1) Protection level IP5 EN standards General environment (Note 1) IP5 EN standards General environment (Note 1) IP5 EN standards General environment (Note 1) escription <Straight type> able Plug clamp Manufacturer: K Ltd. <ngled type> Plug able clamp Manufacturer: K Ltd. escription <Straight type> able Plug clamp Manufacturer: K Ltd. <ngled type> Plug able clamp Manufacturer: K Ltd. ire size 2mm 2 (G14) to 3.5mm 2 (G12) 3.5mm 2 (G12) to 8mm 2 (G8) 14mm 2 (G) to 22mm 2 (G4) ire size 2mm 2 (G14) to 3.5mm 2 (G12) 5.5mm 2 (G1) to 8mm 2 (G8) 14mm 2 (G) to 22mm 2 (G4) pplicable cable example ompleted cable outer diameter φ8.5 to 11mm φ1.5 to 14.1mm φ8.5 to 11mm φ1.5 to 14.1mm φ14.3mm (Inner diameter of bushing) φ9.5 to 13mm φ12.5 to 1mm φ9.5 to 13mm φ12.5 to 1mm φ15.9mm (Inner diameter of bushing) φ22 to 23.8mm φ22 to 23.8mm φ23.8mm (Inner diameter of bushing) pplicable cable example ompleted cable outer diameter φ9.5 to 13mm φ12.5 to 1mm φ9.5 to 13mm φ12.5 to 1mm φ15.9mm (Inner diameter of bushing) φ13 to 15.5mm φ15 to 19.1mm φ13 to 15.5mm φ15 to 19.1mm φ19.1mm (Inner diameter of bushing) φ22 to 23.8mm φ22 to 23.8mm φ23.8mm (Inner diameter of bushing) 12

104 Ordering Information for ustomers Motor brake connectors <For HF-KP/HF-MP series> Protection Item Model escription pplicable cable example level Motor brake connector JN4FT2SJ1-R (plug) ST-TMH-S-1B-1-(534G) (socket contact) IP5 Manufacturer: Japan viation Electronics Industry, Ltd. ire size:.5mm 2 (G2) ompleted cable outer diameter: φ4.5 ±.3mm Fluoric resin wire (inyl jacket cable F2 <L Style 213> (SP38-X), KRBE INSTRIL O.,LT. or an equivalent product) rimping tool (T1-3-TMH5B) is required. <For HF-SP series> Item Motor brake connector <For H-LP/H-P series> Item Motor brake connector H-L2B, 32B, H-2B, 352B, 52B onnector Type Straight plug Socket contact M1-SS-S M1-SS-M M1-#22S(S2)-1 Straight M1-SS-L M1-SS-S M1-SS-M M1-#22S(3)-1 M1-SS-L onnector for cable Type Model S-8RL-MS1F S-12RL-MS1F Straight YSO1-5 to 8 ngled -8RL-MS1F -12RL-MS1F YLO1-5 to 8 ontact Soldered type Press bonding type Manufacturer NIPPON FLEX O., LT. I ENGYO O., LT. NIPPON FLEX O., LT. I ENGYO O., LT. Protection level IP7 Plug Model /MS311SL-4S(19) Manufacturer: K Ltd. escription Manufacturer: K Ltd. Protection level IP5 ire size 1.25mm 2 (G1) or smaller.5mm 2 (G2) to 1.25mm 2 (G1) rimping tool (357J-5448) is required. escription <Straight type> Plug able clamp <ngled type> able clamp Plug pplicable cable example ompleted cable outer diameter φ4. to.mm φ. to 9.mm φ9. to 11.mm φ4. to.mm φ. to 9.mm φ9. to 11.mm pplicable cable example ire size ompleted cable outer diameter φ4 to 8mm φ8 to 12mm φ5 to 8.3mm.3mm 2 (G22) to 1.25mm 2 (G1) φ4 to 8mm φ8 to 12mm φ5 to 8.3mm <For H-LP/H-P/H-LP series> Item Plug able clamp Type Model Model Protection level escription pplicable cable example ire size ompleted cable outer diameter Motor brake connector H-L2B, 32B, H-2B, 352B, 52B, H-LB, 81B, 12K1B, 14B, 814B, 12K14B, H-LP71MB, 11K1MB, 15K1MB, 71M4B, 11K1M4B, 15K1M4B, H-L1K2B, 15K2B, 22K2B, 11K24B, 15K24B, 22K24B Straight /MS311SL-4S /MS357-4 General environment <Straight type> Plug able clamp Manufacturer: K Ltd..3mm 2 (G22) to 1.25mm 2 (G1) φ5.mm (Inner diameter of bushing) 13

105 RoHS ompliant onnectors Optional connectors for servo amplifier The following connector sets have been changed to RoHS compliant since September 2. RoHS compliant and non-rohs compliant connector sets may be mixed based on availability. Only the components of the connector set that have changed are listed below. onnector set Non-RoHS compliant component MR-J3SNS MR-ENM 321-1JL (receptacle) (Note 1) (3M or an equivalent product) RoHS compliant component 321-1PL (receptacle) (3M or an equivalent product) MR-PNS4 MR-PNS5 MR-PNS3 MR-PNS1 MR-PNS2 MR-BKN MR-N1 MR-J3N1 MR-J2M MR-J2N1- E5-18-1S-B-BSS (connector and back shell) (K) E (25) (cable clamp) (K) E S-B-BSS (connector and back shell) (K) E (25) (cable clamp) (K) E S-B-BSS (connector and back shell) (K) E (25) (cable clamp) (K) E S-B-BSS (connector and back shell) (K) E (25) (cable clamp) (K) E5-24-1S-B-BSS (connector and back shell) (K) E (25) (cable clamp) (K) MS311SL-4S(19) (plug) (K) 112-3E (connector) (3M or an equivalent product) 115-3E (connector) (3M or an equivalent product) 112-3E (connector) (3M or an equivalent product) 112-3E (connector) (3M or an equivalent product) PR-S2FS (connector) (HON TSSHIN KOGYO) E5-18-1S--BSS (connector and back shell) (K) E (cable clamp) (K) E S--BSS (connector and back shell) (K) E (cable clamp) (K) E S--BSS (connector and back shell) (K) E (cable clamp) (K) E S--BSS (connector and back shell) (K) E (cable clamp) (K) E5-24-1S--BSS (connector and back shell) (K) E (cable clamp) (K) /MS311SL-4S(19) (plug) (K) 112-3PE (connector) (3M or an equivalent product) 115-3PE (connector) (3M or an equivalent product) 112-3PE (connector) (3M or an equivalent product) 112-3PE (connector) (3M or an equivalent product) PR-S2FS + (connector) (HON TSSHIN KOGYO) Notes: 1. RoHS compliant 321-1F is partly packed. Recommended connectors The following recommended connectors have been changed to RoHS compliant. ontact the manufacturers for more details. onnectors Non-RoHS compliant product RoHS compliant product Manufacture mplifier power supply connector (terminal) (terminal) Molex (for N, N, NP3) Servo motor power supply connector Servo motor electromagnetic brake connector Plug Plug (straight) Plug (angled) able clamp Plug able clamp JN4FT4SJ1 E5-18-1S-B-BSS E S-B-BSS E S-B-BSS E S-B-BSS E5-24-1S-B-BSS MS31B18-1S MS31B22-22S MS31B22-23S MS31B24-1S MS31B32-17S E S-B-BS E S-B-BS E S-B-BS E S-B-BS E S-B-BS MS318B18-1S MS318B22-22S MS318B22-23S MS318B24-1S MS318B32-17S E (25) E (25) E (25) E (25) E (25) E (25) E (25) MS357-1 MS MS357-1 MS357-2 MS311SL-4S(19) MS311SL-4S JN4FT2SJ1 MS357-4 JN4FT4SJ1-R E5-18-1S--BSS E S--BSS E S--BSS E S--BSS E5-24-1S--BSS /MS31B18-1S /MS31B22-22S /MS31B22-23S /MS31B24-1S /MS31B32-17S E S--BS E S--BS E S--BS E S--BS E S--BS /MS318B18-1S /MS318B22-22S /MS318B22-23S /MS318B24-1S /MS318B32-17S E E E E E E E /MS357-1 /MS /MS357-1 /MS357-2 /MS311SL-4S(19) /MS311SL-4S JN4FT2SJ1-R /MS357-4 Japan viation Electronics Industry K Japan viation Electronics Industry K 14

106 Options Optional regeneration unit (2) The power values in the table are resistor-generated powers, not rated powers. Standard accessory (external regenerative resistor)/tolerable regenerative power () Optional regeneration unit/tolerable regeneration power () 139 [1.3Ω] [1.3Ω] Optional regeneration unit (4) The power values in the table are resistor-generated powers, not rated powers. pplicable servo amplifier/drive Built-in regenerative resistor/tolerable GRZG4- MR-RB unit model regenerative E 9P 9F (MR-J3-) power () 1.5Ω 4.9Ω 5.Ω [13Ω] [.7Ω] [Ω] [4.5Ω] [3Ω] (Note 2) (Note 2) (Note 2) [4Ω] [4Ω] [13Ω] [.7Ω] [4Ω] (Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 2) (Note 2) (Note 2) 1(1)/B(1)/T(1) 3 2(1)/B(1)/T(1) (1)/B(1)/T(1) /B/T /B/T /B/T /B/T /B/T /B/T /B/T K/B/T 5 5 (8) (8) 15K/B/T (13) (13) 22K/B/T (13) (13) 3K/B 37K/B Notes: 1. Be sure to install a cooling fan. The cooling fan must be prepared by user. 2. The values in ( ) indicate when cooling fans (2 units of 92 92mm, minimum air flow: 1.m 3 /min) are installed, and the parameter No. is changed. 3. For MR-RB137, the value applies when 3 units of the regeneration units are used. Standard accessory (external regenerative resistor)/tolerable Optional regeneration unit/tolerable regeneration power () pplicable Built-in regenerative power () servo regenerative amplifier/drive resistor/tolerable GRZG4- MR-RB unit model regenerative 3M-4 3G G B-4-4 K (MR-J3-) power () 5Ω 4 2.5Ω 5 2Ω 5 1H [12Ω] [47Ω] [2Ω] [47Ω] [2Ω] [2Ω] [12.5Ω] [1Ω] [5Ω] (Note 2) (Note 2) (Note 2) [82Ω] [5Ω] (Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 2) (Note 2) (Note 2) 4/B4/T /B4/T /B4/T /B4/T /B4/T4 13 (Note 4) /B4/T4 17 (Note 4) K4/B4/T4 5 5 (8) (8) 15K4/B4/T (13) (13) 22K4/B4/T (13) (13) 3K4/B K4/B K4/B K4/B Notes: 1. Be sure to install a cooling fan. The cooling fan must be prepared by user. 2. The values in ( ) indicate when cooling fans (2 units of 92 92mm, minimum air flow: 1.m 3 /min) are installed, and the parameter No. is changed. 3. For MR-RB138-4, the value applies when 3 units of the regeneration units are used. 4. The amplifier built-in resistor is compatible with the maximum toque deceleration when the motor is used within the rated speed and the recommended load/motor inertia moment ratio. ontact Mitsubishi if the operating motor speed and the load/motor inertia moment ratio exceed the rated speed and the recommended ratio. 15 autions when connecting the optional regeneration unit. 1. The optional regeneration unit causes a temperature rise of 1 or more relative to the ambient temperature. Fully examine heat dissipation, installation position, wires used, etc. before installing the unit. se flame-resistant wires or apply flame retardant on wires. Keep the wires clear of the unit. 2. lways use twisted wires, maximum length of 5m, to connect the optional regeneration unit with the servo amplifier. 3. lways use twisted wires for a thermal sensor, and make sure that the sensor does not fail to work properly due to inducted noise.

107 Options External dimensions (nit: mm) onnections MR-RB32, MR-RB12 (2) TE1 L LB () ø mounting hole (12) Mounting screw size: M5 MR-RB1H-4 (4) MR-RBM-4 ø mounting hole 5 (2) L L 1. Model MR-RB32 MR-RB12 <Terminal arment> TE1 G3 G4 P Terminal screw size: M3 ariable dimensions L 3 4 LB L L <Terminal arment> TE1 G3 G4 Mass kg (lb).5 (1.1) 1.1 (2.4) P isconnect P and. Optional regeneration unit (Note 1) 5 m maximum P G3 G TE1 G3 G4 P 144 P () Mounting screw size: M5 2 (24) Model MR-RB1H-4 Mass kg (lb) 1.1 (2.4) MR-RB3, MR-RB31, MR-RB32 (2) MR-RB3M-4, MR-RB3G-4, MR-RB34-4 (4) Mounting screw size: M MR-RB5, MR-RB51 (2) MR-RB5G-4, MR-RB54-4 (4) Fan mounting screw (2-M3 screw) provided on opposite side G4 G3 P (3) B Mounting screw size: M 7 14 long hole Fan mounting screw (2-M4 screw) B ind blows in direction of arrow 12 7 (3) 12 8 ind blows in direction of arrow Model MR-RB3 MR-RB31 MR-RB32 MR-RB3M-4 MR-RB3G-4 MR-RB34-4 Model MR-RB5 MR-RB51 MR-RB5G-4 MR-RB54-4 <Terminal arment> P G3 G4 Terminal screw size: M4 ariable dimensions B <Terminal arment> P G3 G4 Terminal screw size: M4 ariable dimensions B Mass kg (lb) 2.9 (.4) Mass kg (lb) 5. (12) MR-J3-35M or smaller MR-J3-2M4 or smaller P P Built-in regenerative resistor isconnect P and. Optional regeneration unit (Note 1) 5 m maximum MR-J3-5M, 7M MR-J3-35M4 to 7M4 isconnect the wires for the built-in regenerative resistor (P and ). Optional regeneration unit P G3 (Note 1) G4 5 m maximum P G3 G4 Fan (Note 2) Fan (Note 2) Notes: 1. reate a sequence that turns off the magnetic contactor (M) when abnormal overheating occurs. 2. hen using MR-RB3M-4, MR-RB3G-4, MR-RB34-4, MR-RB5, MR-RB51, MR-RB5G-4 or MR-RB54-4, cool the unit forcibly with a fan (92 92mm, minimum air flow: 1.m 3 /min). The cooling fan must be prepared by user. 3. The G3 and G4 terminals are thermal sensor. G3-G4 opens when the regenerative unit overheats abnormally. 1

108 Options Optional regeneration unit External dimensions (nit: mm) onnections GRZG4-1.5Ω, GRZG4-.9Ω, GRZG4-.Ω (2): Standard accessory (Note 1, 2) GRZG4-5Ω, GRZG4-2.5Ω, GRZG4-2Ω (4): Standard accessory (Note 1, 2) (ø) () (2.4) 1. 4 (K) 5 m maximum o not disconnect the short bar. MR-J3-11KM(4) to 22KM(4) 1 (33) (ø47) 9.5 Serial connection P Mounting screw size: M8 Model Qty. GRZG4-1.5Ω 4 GRZG4-.9Ω 5 GRZG4-.Ω GRZG4-5Ω 4 Tolerable regenerative power () ith fan () Resistance value (Ω) (1.5Ω 4) 4.5 (.9Ω 5) 3 (.Ω 5) 2 (5Ω 4) ariable dimensions K Mass/unit kg (lb).8 (1.8) Fan (2 units of 92 92mm, minimum air flow: 1.m 3 /min) Leave a space of 7mm or more between each resistor. GRZG4-2.5Ω GRZG4-2Ω (2.5Ω 5) 1 (2Ω 5) MR-RB5E, MR-RB9P, MR-RB9F (2) (Note 2) MR-RBB-4, MR-RB-4, MR-RBK-4 (4) (Note 2) 2-ø1 mounting hole TE M3 screw for fan mounting Mounting screw size: M8 <Terminal arment> TE1 G4 G3 P Terminal screw size: M5 Optional regeneration unit P G3 G4 (Note 4) 5 m maximum o not disconnect the short bar. MR-J3-11KM(4) to 22KM(4) P 82.5 reate a circuit that shuts off the main circuit power supply when the thermal sensor activates (42) Model MR-RB5E Tolerable regenerative power () 5 ith fan () 8 escription GRZG4-1.5Ω 4 Mass kg (lb) 1 (22) MR-RB9P MR-RB9F GRZG4-.9Ω 5 GRZG4-.Ω 5 11 (24) MR-RBB GRZG4-5Ω 4 1 (22) MR-RB-4 MR-RBK GRZG4-2.5Ω 5 GRZG4-2Ω 5 11 (24) Notes: 1. s (MR-J3-11KM(4)-PX to MR-J3-22KM(4)-PX) without an enclosed regenerative resistor are available for the servo amplifiers MR-J3-11KM(4) to MR-J3-22KM(4). 2. To increase the regeneration braking frequency, install cooling fans (2 units of 92 92mm, minimum air flow: 1.m 3 /min) and change the parameter No.. The cooling fans must be prepared by user. 3. By installing a thermal sensor, create a safety circuit that shuts off the main circuit power supply when abnormal overheating occurs. 4. The G3 and G4 terminals are thermal sensor. G3-G4 opens when the regenerative unit overheats abnormally. 17

109 Options Optional regeneration unit External dimensions (nit: mm) onnections MR-RB139, MR-RB137 (2) MR-RB13-4, MR-RB138-4 (4) MR-RB139 MR-RB ø1 mounting hole TE phase 2 or 1-phase 4 reactor onverter unit (Note 4) P G3 G4 Optional regeneration unit Fan R S (4) R4 S4 (4) reate an external sequence that turns off the main circuit contactor of the converter unit when the normally closed thermal sensor contact in the optional regeneration unit opens due to overheating. Power supply 24 Servo motor H-LP OHS1 R OHS2 Servo motor thermal 2 ooling fans (Note 1) <Terminal arment (2)> TE1 R S G4 G3 P Terminal screw size: M5 <Terminal arment (4)> TE1 R4 S4 G4 G3 P Terminal screw size: M5 MR-RB137 MR-RB138-4 Mounting screw size: M8 Model MR-RB139 MR-RB137 MR-RB13-4 MR-RB138-4 Tolerable regenerative power () (3 units are required.) (Note 2) (3 units are required.) (Note 2) Mass kg (lb) 1 (22) 11 (24) 1 (22) 11 (24) onverter unit reactor (Note 4) reate an external sequence that turns off the main circuit contactor of the converter unit when the normally closed thermal sensor contact in the optional regeneration unit opens due to overheating. Servo motor H-LP 1-phase 2 or 1-phase 4 P G3 G4 Optional regeneration unit Fan R S (4) (4) P G3 G4 Optional regeneration unit Fan R S (4) (4) P G3 G4 Optional regeneration unit Fan R S (4) (4) Power supply 24 OHS1 R OHS2 Servo motor thermal Notes: 1. One unit of cooling fan is attached for MR-RB139 or MR-RB Three units of MR-RB137 or MR-RB138-4 are required per converter unit. 3. onnect the optional regenerative unit to the converter unit. The cable length between the regenerative unit and converter unit must be 5m or shorter. 4. hen using the reactor, disconnect the short bar between and. 18

110 Options Battery (MR-J3BT) The servo motor s absolute value can be retained by mounting the battery on the servo amplifier. The battery is not required when the servo system is used in incremental mode. ppearance Installation method MR-J3-35M or smaller MR-J3-2M4 or smaller Insert the connector into N4. MR-J3-5M or larger MR-J3-35M4 or larger Insert the connector into N4. Model: MR-J3BT Nominal voltage: 3. Nominal capacity: 2mh Lithium content:.5g Note: The 44th Edition of the IT (International ir Transportation ssociation) angerous Goods Regulations was taken effect on January 1st, 23 and administered immediately. In this edition, the provisions relating to lithium and lithium ion batteries have been revised to strengthen regulations on the air transportation of batteries. This battery is not classified as dangerous goods (not class 9). Therefore, transporting 24 units or less is not subject to the regulations. However, a packing based on Packing Instruction 93 is required for transporting 25 units or more. For the self-certification form for the battery safety test or more information, contact Mitsubishi. (as of January, 28) Battery connection relay cable (MR-J3BTBM) se this relay cable to hold the absolute value if the servo amplifier has to be removed from a machine for shipping. The servo motor does not have a super capacitor (for holding an absolute value for short time) in the encoder. hen this optional cable is used, the absolute value can be held even when the encoder cable is disconnected from the servo amplifier, making it easy to do maintenance on the servo amplifier. ppearance Installation method N N.3m (Note 2) (Note 2) NP3 N2 Encoder cable (Note 1) MR-J3BTBM Battery (Note 2) Encoder (Note 2) Notes: 1. The encoder cable varies depending on the motor series. Refer to the section Options ables and connectors in this catalog. 2. To hold the absolute value, the encoder, the encoder cable (s), the relay cable and the battery must be kept connected. ser s system Battery (MR-J3BT) Battery connection relay cable (MR-J3BTBM) Incremental Not required Not required bsolute Not necessary to hold an absolute value after the encoder cable is disconnected from the servo amplifier Necessary to hold an absolute value after the encoder cable is disconnected from the servo amplifier (Note 1) Notes: 1. Start up the absolute system after connecting this optional cable. Required Required Not required Required iagnostic cable (MR-J3HEK) : For MR-J3-MM and MR-J3-M(4) This cable is required when using the amplifier diagnostic function of MR onfigurator (Setup software). N N1 N2 19

111 Options Parameter unit MR-PR3 The parameter unit with a 1 characters 4 lines display, is available as an option. By connecting the parameter unit to the servo amplifier, data setting, test operation, parameter setting, etc. can be performed without using MR onfigurator. The parameter unit can be used with MR-J3-MM, MR-J3-M(4) or MR-J3-MTM. <iring and communication method> RS-422 communication onnectable with one unit of the servo amplifier with the commercial LN cable onnectable up to 32 axes with multi-drop system Parameter unit MR-PR3 (Note 4) (Note 4) (Note 4) N N3 N N (Note 1) N3 (Note 1) N3 (Note 1) <imensions> M3 screw Punched hole N N N 5-ø4 hole NP3 NP3 NP3 4 4 (Front view) (Side view) (Rear view) (Panel cut dimensions) (nit: mm) (Note 2) (Note 2) (Note 2) RS-422 (Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 1) Notes: 1. se 1BSE-T cable (EI58 compliant), etc. Keep the distance between the branch connector and servo amplifier as short as possible. 2. Branch connector, BMJ-8 (HHIKO ELETRI O., LT) is recommended. Refer to the section Ordering Information for ustomers in this catalog. 3. onnect a terminal resistor, 15Ω. 4. The parameter unit can be connected to the servo amplifier, MR-J3-MM or MR-J3-MTM, or the drive unit, MR-J3-M (4). <Specifications> Item Model Power supply Parameter mode escription MR-PR3 Receives power from the servo amplifier or the drive unit Basic setting parameters, gain/filter parameters, extension setting parameters, input/output setting parameters Functions Monitor mode MR-J3-MM MR-J3-M(4) MR-J3-MTM umulative feedback pulses, droop pulses, cumulative command pulses, command pulse frequency, analog speed command voltage/analog speed limit voltage, analog torque command voltage/analog torque limit voltage, regenerative load ratio, effective load ratio, peak load ratio, instantaneous torque, within one revolution position, BS counter, servo motor speed, bus voltage, load inertia moment ratio urrent position, command position, command remaining distance, point table No., cumulative feedback pulses, droop pulses, regenerative load ratio, effective load ratio, peak load ratio, instantaneous torque, within one revolution position, BS counter, servo motor speed, bus voltage, load inertia moment ratio iagnosis mode larm mode Test operation mode Point table mode (Note 1) isplay Environment mbient temperature in operation mbient humidity in operation Storage temperature Storage humidity tmosphere Mass (g [lb]) External input/output display, motor information urrent alarm, alarm history JOG operation, positioning operation, forced digital output, motor-less operation, single-step feed (Note 1) Position data, servo motor speed, acceleration/deceleration time constant, dwell time, auxiliary function, M code L system (1 characters 4 lines) 1 to 55 (14 to 131 F) (non freezing) 9%RH maximum (non condensing) 2 to 5 (4 to 149 F) (non freezing) 9%RH maximum (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust 13 (.29) Notes: 1. The point table mode and single-step feed under the test operation mode are available only when connected to MR-J3-MTM. 11

112 Options Heat sink outside attachment (MR-J3N): For MR-J3-11KM(4) to MR-J3-22KM(4) By mounting the heat sink outside attachment on the servo amplifier, the heat generating section can be mounted outside the control box. This makes it possible to dissipate the unit s heat to outside the box. pprox. 5% of the heating value can be dissipated with this method, and the control box dimensions can be downsized. Mounting (nit: mm) Panel cut dimensions (nit: mm) Panel 23 4-M1 screw (4) (2) Panel (11.5) rill hole Junction terminal block (MR-TB5): For MR-J3-MM, MR-J3-M(4) and MR-J3-1 ll signals can be received with this junction terminal block without connecting the signals to the connector. External dimensions (nit: mm) MR-TB ø (25) Terminal block screw size: M3.5 ompatible wire: 2mm 2 rimping terminal width: 7.2mm maximum Manual pulse generator (MR-H): For MR-J3-MTM External dimensions (nit: mm) Mounting (nit: mm) 3. Packing t2. 3-M4 stud P.. 72 equally divided Panel cutting 3-ø4.8 equally divided ø7 ø5 MNL TYPE SERILNO. ø ±.1 ø8 ± B ø2 +2 ø72 ±.2 Only M3 can be mounted ± Note: Manufacture a cable for the manual pulse generator using the optional connector set for N (MR-J2M). Refer to MR-J3-MT SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details. igital switch (MR-S): For MR-J3-1 By using the -digit digital switch, position data can be sent to the servo amplifier with B signal. External dimensions (nit: mm) Mounting (nit: mm) 1 <Front mounting> <Inside mounting> MR-S B OM1 OM1 OM2 1 1B OM2 8 ON2 ON1 P 393 SERIL MR-S 4 Panel cutting Panel cutting Square hole Square hole 2 ø5 2 ø

113 Peripheral Equipment Radio noise filter (FR-BIF) This filter effectively controls noise emitted from the power supply side of the servo amplifier or the converter unit, and is especially effective for radio frequency bands 1MHz or lower. The FR-BIF is designed for the input only. External dimensions (nit: mm) onnections pprox. 3 hite Red Blue Green Leakage current: 4m ø5 hole 4 This filter is not connectable to output side of the servo amplifier or the converter unit. iring should be as short as possible. Grounding is always required. Be sure to insulate the unused wire when using FR-BIF with 1-phase power. NFB M Power supply or converter unit class : FR-BIF 4 class : FR-BIF-H FR-BIF or FR-BIF-H 44 Line noise filter (FR-BSF1, FR-BLF) This filter is effective in suppressing radio noise emitted from the power supply side or output side of the servo amplifier or the converter unit, and also in suppressing high-frequency leakage current (zero-phase current), especially within.5 to 5MHz band. <FR-BSF1> For MR-J3-2M(4) or smaller (22.5) (11) 95±.5 (5) ø ø5 (5) External dimensions (nit: mm) onnections 11.25±.5 <FR-BLF> For MR-J3-35M(4) or larger or MR-J3-3KM(4) or larger ø se the line noise filter for wires of the main power supply (,, ) of the servo amplifier or the converter unit, and of the motor power supply (,, ). Pass each of the 3-phase wires through the line noise filter equal times in a same direction. For the main power supply, the effect of the filter rises as the number of passes increases, but generally four passes would be appropriate. For the motor power supply, passes must be four times or less. o not pass the grounding (earth) wire through the filter, or the effect of the filter will drop. ind the wires to pass through the filter as the required number of passes as shown in Fig.1. If the wires are too thick to wind, use two or more filters to have the required number of passes as shown in Fig.2. Place the line noise filters as close to the servo amplifier or the converter unit as possible for their best performance. <MR-J3-22KM(4) or smaller> <MR-J3-3KM(4) or larger> NFB M NFB M Power Power supply supply Line noise filter Line noise filter Fig.1 Fig.2 onverter unit Surge suppressor ttach surge suppressors to relays and valves around the servo amplifier or the drive unit and the converter unit. ttach diodes to relays and valves. Sample configuration Surge suppressor: (rated 2, manufactured by Matsuo enki) iode : diode with breakdown voltage 4 or more times greater than the relay s drive voltage, and with current capacity 2 or more times greater than the relay s drive current. ata line filter Noise can be prevented by attaching a data line filter to the pulse output cable of the pulse train output controller (Q75, etc.) or motor encoder cable. Sample configuration ata line filter examples: ES-SR-25 (manufactured by NE TOKIN) or ZT (manufactured by TK) 112

114 Peripheral Equipment EM filter The following filters are recommended as a filter compliant with the EM directive for the servo amplifier s power supply. (Note 1) Model pplicable servo amplifier or drive unit pplicable converter unit Fig. Model pplicable servo amplifier or drive unit pplicable converter unit Fig. HF31-N (Note 2) HF33-N (Note 2) HF34-N (Note 2) MR-J3-1/B/T to 1/B/T MR-J3-11/B1/T1 to 41/B1/T1 MR-J3-2/B/T MR-J3-35/B/T MR-J3-5/B/T MR-J3-7/B/T B TF35-TX TF32-TX MR-J3-4/B4/T4 MR-J3-14/B4/T4 MR-J3-24/B4/T4 MR-J3-354/B4/T4 MR-J3-54/B4/T4 MR-J3-74/B4/T4 E HF31-N (Note 2) MR-J3-11K/B/T to 22K/B/T TF33-TX MR-J3-11K4/B4/T4 MR-J3-3K/B HF32-N (Note 2) MR-J3-R55K MR-J3-37K/B Notes: 1. Manufactured by SOSHIN ELETRI O., LT. 2. surge protector is separately required to use this EM filter. Refer to EM Installation Guidelines. TF34-TX TF3-TX TF315-TX MR-J3-15K4/B4/T4 MR-J3-22K4/B4/T4 MR-J3-3K4/B4 MR-J3-37K4/B4 MR-J3-45K4/B4 MR-J3-55K4/B4 MR-J3-R55K4 F G HF31-N IN (Input side) M4 OT (Output side) 3-M4 External dimensions (nit: mm) onnections M4 32±2 85±2 11±4 258±4 (41) 273±2 5±4 288±4 3±5 HF33-N, HF34-N IN (Input side) -R3.25 length 8 OT (Output side) Model HF31-N Leakage current (m) 5 Mass kg (lb) 3 (.) (Note 1) Power supply 3-phase 2 to 23 or 1-phase 2 to 23 or 1-phase 1 to 12 NFB EM filter IN OT E M B 3-M5 3-M5 44±1 125±2 14±1 155±2 85±1 85±1 7±2 21±2 14±2 2±5 M4 Notes: 1. hen using a power supply, 1-phase 2 to 23, connect the power supply to the and terminals. o not connect anything to. 1-phase 2 to 23 is available only for the MR-J3-7M or smaller servo amplifier. There is no for 1-phase 1 to 12 power supply. Model HF33-N HF34-N Leakage current (m) Mass kg (lb) 5.5 (12). (13) HF31-N IN (Input side) 2-ø.5 length 8 3-M8 OT (Output side) 2-ø.5 3-M8 38±1 4±5 145±1 15±3 M Model Leakage current (m) Mass kg (lb) HF31-N.5 15 (33) Power supply 3-phase 2 to 23 NFB EM filter IN OT M E 1±3 113

115 Peripheral Equipment External dimensions (nit: mm) onnections TF32-N IN (Input side) 3-ø.5 length 8 3-M8 OT (Output side) 3-ø.5 3-M1 48±1 5±5 1±1 18±5 M8 Model TF32-N Leakage current (m) 9. Mass kg (lb) 18 (4) Power supply 3-phase 2 to 23 NFB IN EM filter OT E M onverter unit rive unit 2±5 TF35-TX, TF32-TX, TF33-TX IN (Input side) -R3.25 length 8 (For M) OT (Output side) 3-M4 M4 1 (12.2) 3-M4 M4 M4 125±2 14±1 155±2 E 1 IN 1±1 1±1 29±2 38±5 332±5 TF34-TX, TF3-TX 3-M IN 8-R3.25 length 8 M4 OT (Input side) (Output side) 3-M Model TF35-TX TF32-TX TF33-TX (7.5)±3 15±2 (1) 17±5 Leakage current (m) M 5.5 Mass kg (lb). (13) 7.5 (17) Power supply 3-phase 38 to 48 NFB EM filter IN OT E M ±2 1±1 175±2 (17) F IN 1±1 1±1 1±1 39±2 412±5 438±5 (91.5) 18±2 (19) 2±5 Model TF34-TX TF3-TX Leakage current (m) 5.5 Mass kg (lb) 12.5 (28) TF315-TX G 27±1 27±1 IN (Input side) 8-R4.25 length 12 (For M8) 3-M8 3-M8 OT (Output side) 23±1 2±2 225±1 245±2 258±3 M8 M4 M4 11±2 Power supply 3-phase 38 to 48 NFB EM filter IN OT E M onverter unit 15±1 15±1 15±1 452±5 5±3 M4 21±2 (227) 2±3 rive unit Model TF315-TX Leakage current (m) 5.5 Mass kg (lb) 31 (8) 114

116 Peripheral Equipment Power factor improvement reactor (FR-BEL) This reactor enables users to boost the servo amplifier s power factor and reduce its power supply capacity. s compared to the reactor, the reactor is more recommended since the reactor is more effective in power factor improvement, smaller and lighter, and its wiring is easier. (The reactor uses 2 wires, while the reactor uses wires.) Model FR-BEL-.4K FR-BEL-.75K FR-BEL-1.5K FR-BEL-2.2K FR-BEL-3.7K FR-BEL-7.5K FR-BEL-11K FR-BEL-H1.5K FR-BEL-H2.2K FR-BEL-H3.7K FR-BEL-H7.5K FR-BEL-H11K pplicable servo amplifier MR-J3-1/B/T MR-J3-2/B/T MR-J3-4/B/T MR-J3-/B/T MR-J3-7/B/T MR-J3-1/B/T MR-J3-2/B/T MR-J3-35/B/T MR-J3-5/B/T MR-J3-4/B4/T4 MR-J3-14/B4/T4 MR-J3-24/B4/T4 MR-J3-354/B4/T4 MR-J3-54/B4/T4 Fig. Model FR-BEL-15K FR-BEL-22K FR-BEL-3K FR-BEL-H15K FR-BEL-H22K FR-BEL-H3K MR-K MR-7K MR-K-4 MR-7K-4 MR-L45K-4 MR-L55K-4 pplicable servo amplifier or drive unit MR-J3-7/B/T MR-J3-11K/B/T MR-J3-15K/B/T MR-J3-22K/B/T MR-J3-74/B4/T4 MR-J3-11K4/B4/T4 MR-J3-15K4/B4/T4 MR-J3-22K4/B4/T4 MR-J3-3K/B MR-J3-37K/B MR-J3-3K4/B4 MR-J3-37K4/B4 MR-J3-45K4/B4 MR-J3-55K4/B4 pplicable converter unit MR-J3-R55K MR-J3-R55K4 Fig. B External dimensions (nit: mm) onnections Name plate E or shorter Terminal blockscrew size G or shorter 2F L notch Terminal for connection H B or shorter L F Mounting feet Model FR-BEL-.4K FR-BEL-.75K FR-BEL-1.5K FR-BEL-2.2K FR-BEL-3.7K FR-BEL-7.5K FR-BEL-11K FR-BEL-H1.5K FR-BEL-H2.2K FR-BEL-H3.7K FR-BEL-H7.5K FR-BEL-H11K ariable dimensions B E F L G H M M M M M M M M M M M M5 5 Mounting Mass screw size kg (lb) ire size (mm 2 ) M5.5 (1.1) M5.7 (1.5) M5 1.1 (2.4) 2 (G14) M5 1.2 (2.) M5 1.7 (3.7) M5 2.3 (5.1) 3.5 (G12) M5 3.1 (.8) 5.5 (G1) M5.9 (2.) M5 1.1 (2.4) 2 (G14) M5 1.7 (3.7) M5 2.3 (5.1) M5 3.1 (.8) 5.5 (G1) FR-BEL (-H) MR-J3-5M(4) or smaller 5m maximum B or shorter Terminal cover (Note 2) Screw size G 2F L notch E or shorter H B or shorter L F Mounting feet Model FR-BEL-15K FR-BEL-22K FR-BEL-3K FR-BEL-H15K FR-BEL-H22K FR-BEL-H3K ariable dimensions B E F L G H M8 M8 M8 M M M Mounting Mass ire size screw size kg (lb) (mm 2 ) M (G8) (8.4) 22 (G4) (Note 1) M 5.4 (12) 3 (G2) M.7 (15) (G2/) M5 3.7 (8.2) 8 (G8) M 5. (11) 22 (G4) M.7 (15) 22 (G4) FR-BEL(-H) (Note 4) 5m maximum MR-J3-7M(4) to 22KM(4) P Terminal cover ±1.5 or shorter Terminal block (M3.5 screw) for thermal sensor or shorter (B1) B or shorter Mounting hole for M8 Terminal screw Model MR-K MR-7K MR-K-4 MR-7K-4 MR-L45K-4 MR-L55K-4 ariable dimensions Terminal Mass ire size B B1 screw size kg (lb) (mm 2 ) M (G2/) (21) 8 (G3/) M8 M8 M8 M8.5 (14) 7 (15) 7.5 (17) 9.5 (21) 3 (G2) 38 (G2) 5 (G1/) (G2/) MR-L 5m maximum onverter unit MR-J3-R55K(4) 115 Notes: 1. hen using FR-BE5K, select a wire size 8mm 2 (G8) for MR-J3-7/B/T; and 22mm 2 (G4) for MR-J3-11K/B/T. 2. The terminal cover is supplied with the unit. Install the cover after connecting the wires. 3. hen using the reactor, disconnect the short bar between and. 4. hen using the reactor, disconnect the short bar between P and.

117 Peripheral Equipment Power factor improvement reactor (FR-BL) This reactor enables users to boost the servo amplifier s power factor and reduce its power supply capacity. Model pplicable servo amplifier Model pplicable servo amplifier FR-BL-.4K FR-BL-.75K FR-BL-1.5K FR-BL-2.2K FR-BL-3.7K FR-BL-7.5K FR-BL-11K FR-BL-15K FR-BL-22K FR-BL-3K MR-J3-1/B/T, MR-J3-11/B1/T1 MR-J3-2/B/T MR-J3-21/B1/T1 MR-J3-4/B/T MR-J3-41/B1/T1 MR-J3-/B/T MR-J3-7/B/T MR-J3-1/B/T MR-J3-2/B/T MR-J3-35/B/T MR-J3-5/B/T MR-J3-7/B/T MR-J3-11K/B/T MR-J3-15K/B/T MR-J3-22K/B/T FR-BL-H1.5K FR-BL-H2.2K FR-BL-H3.7K FR-BL-H7.5K FR-BL-H11K FR-BL-H15K FR-BL-H22K FR-BL-H3K MR-J3-4/B4/T4 MR-J3-14/B4/T4 MR-J3-24/B4/T4 MR-J3-354/B4/T4 MR-J3-54/B4/T4 MR-J3-74/B4/T4 MR-J3-11K4/B4/T4 MR-J3-15K4/B4/T4 MR-J3-22K4/B4/T4 External dimensions (nit: mm) onnections H±5 1 Power supply 3-phase 2 to 23 or 3-phase 38 to 48 3-phase 2/4 MR-J3-22KMor smaller NFB M FR-BL(-H) R X S T Y Z Mounting screw RXSYTZ 1 ±5 Model FR-BL-.4K FR-BL-.75K FR-BL-1.5K FR-BL-2.2K FR-BL-3.7K FR-BL-7.5K FR-BL-11K FR-BL-15K FR-BL-22K FR-BL-3K FR-BL-H1.5K FR-BL-H2.2K FR-BL-H3.7K FR-BL-H7.5K FR-BL-H11K FR-BL-H15K FR-BL-H22K FR-BL-H3K ariable dimensions 1 H ± ± ± ± ± ± ± Mounting Terminal screw size screw size M4 M4 M4 M4 M5 M5 M M M8 M8 M4 M4 M5 M5 M M M8 M8 M3.5 M3.5 M3.5 M3.5 M4 M5 M M M8 M8 M3.5 M3.5 M3.5 M4 M5 M5 M8 M8 Mass kg (lb) 2. (4.4) 2.8 (.2) 3.7 (8.2) 5. (12) 8.5 (19) 14.5 (32) 19 (42) 27 () 35 (77) 43 (95) 5.3 (12) 5.9 (13) 8.5 (19) 14 (31) 18.5 (41) 27 () 35 (77) 43 (95) Power supply 1-phase 2 to 23 Power supply 1-phase 1 to 12 1-phase 2 MR-J3-7Mor smaller NFB M FR-BL R X S T 1-phase 1 MR-J3-4M1 or smaller NFB M FR-BL R X S T Y Z Y Z 11

118 Peripheral Equipment Electrical wires, circuit breakers, magnetic contactors (example of selection) The following are examples of wire sizes when polyvinyl chloride insulated wires with a length of 3m are used. < 22k or smaller> ircuit breaker MR-J3-1(1)/B(1)/T(1) MR-J3-2/B/T 3 frame 5 MR-J3-21/B1/T1 MR-J3-4/B/T 3 frame 1 MR-J3-41/B1/T1 MR-J3-/B/T MR-J3-7/B/T 3 frame 15 MR-J3-1/B/T MR-J3-2/B/T 3 frame 2 MR-J3-35/B/T 3 frame 3 MR-J3-5/B/T (Note5) 5 frame 5 MR-J3-7/B/T (Note5) 1 frame 75 MR-J3-11K/B/T (Note5) 1 frame 1 MR-J3-15K/B/T (Note5) 225 frame 125 MR-J3-22K/B/T (Note5) 225 frame 175 MR-J3-4/B4/T4 3 frame 5 MR-J3-14/B4/T4 3 frame 1 MR-J3-24/B4/T4 3 frame 15 MR-J3-354/B4/T4 3 frame 2 MR-J3-54/B4/T4 (Note5) 3 frame 3 MR-J3-74/B4/T4 (Note5) 5 frame 4 MR-J3-11K4/B4/T4 (Note5) frame MR-J3-15K4/B4/T4 (Note5) 1 frame 75 MR-J3-22K4/B4/T4 (Note5) 225 frame 125 Magnetic contactor S-N1 S-N18 S-N2 S-N35 S-N5 S-N5 S-N95 S-N125 S-N1 S-N18 S-N2 S-N25 S-N35 S-N5,,, (Note 1) 2 (G14) 3.5 (G12) 5.5 (G1) 8 (G8) 14 (G) 22 (G4) 5 (G1/) 2 (G14) 5.5 (G1) 8 (G8) 14 (G), 1.25 (G1) Electrical wire size (mm 2 ),,, P, (Note 1) B1, B (G1) (Note 2) 2 (G14) 2 (G14) 3.5 (G12) 5.5 (G1) 8 (G8) 3.5 (G12) 1.25 (G1) 22 (G4) (G2) (G1) (G2/) 1.25 (G1) 2 (G14) 2 (G14) 5.5 (G1) 8 (G8) 3.5 (G12) (G4) (G1) B, B, B 2 (G14) (Note 4) 2 (G14) 2 (G14) (Note 4) 2 (G14) OHS1, OHS (G1) (Note 4) 1.25 (G1) 1.25 (G1) (Note 4) 1.25 (G1) <rive unit 3k or larger> pplicable rive unit converter unit ircuit breaker Electrical wire size (mm 2 ) Magnetic contactor,,,,,,,, (Note 1) B, B, B OHS1, OHS2 MR-J3-3K/B (Note5) MR-J3-37K/B (Note5) MR-J3-R55K MR-J3-3K4/B4 (Note5) MR-J3-37K4/B4 (Note5) MR-J3-R55K4 MR-J3-45K4/B4 (Note5) MR-J3-55K4/B4 (Note5) 4 frame 25 4 frame frame frame frame frame 25 S-N15 S-N18 S-N95 S-N125 S-N15 S-N18 5 (G1/) (G2/) 22 (G4) 3 (G2) 38 (G2) 5 (G1/) 2 (G14) (G2/) (G2/) (Note ) 3 (G2) 38 (G2) 5 (G1/) (G2/) 5.5 (G1) 2 (G14) 1.25 (G1) 1.25 (G1) Notes: 1. onnect a reactor or an optional regeneration unit using the 5m or shorter length electrical wire. For the electrical wire size suitable for the power factor improvement reactor, refer to the section Peripheral Equipment Power factor improvement reactor in this catalog. 2. se a fluoric resin wire (.75mm 2 (G19)) when connecting to the HF-KP/HF-MP series motor power supply connector. Refer to SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details on wiring cables. 3. se a fluoric resin wire (.5mm 2 (G2)) when connecting to the HF-KP/HF-MP series motor electromagnetic brake connector. Refer to SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details on wiring cables. 4. The electrical wire size is for the servo motor with a cooling fan. 5. hen connecting the wires to the terminal screws, be sure to use the screws attached to the terminal blocks.. This wire size applies when HI wire ( grade heat-resistant polyvinyl chloride insulated wire) with a length of 3m is used. 117

119 sing a Personal omputer Servo support software <MR onfigurator> MRZJ3-SET21E (Setup software) This software makes it easy to perform setup, tuning, monitor display, diagnostics, reading and writing of parameters, and test operations with a personal computer. ser-defined functions that enable a stable machine system, optimum control and short setup time are available. Features (1) This software allows easy set up and tuning of the servo system with a personal computer. (2) Multiple monitor functions Graphic display functions are provided to display the servo motor status with the input signal triggers, such as the command pulse, droop pulse and speed. (3) Test operations with a personal computer Test operation of the servo motors can be performed with a personal computer using multiple test mode menus. (4) Further advanced tuning is possible with the improved advanced functions. Specifications Main-menu Monitors larms iagnostics Functions Batch display, input/output I/F display, high speed monitor, graph display larm display, alarm history, display of data that generated alarm Rotation failure reason display, system information display, tuning data display, absolute data display, axis name setting, amplifier diagnostic (Note 1) Parameters Parameter setting, device setting, tuning, display of change list, display of detailed information, converter, parameter copy Test operations JOG operation, positioning operation, motor-less operation, forced digital output, program operation using simple language dvanced function Machine analyzer, gain search, machine simulation Project Project creation, reading or saving, various data reading, saving or printing Others utomatic operation, help display Notes: 1. The amplifier diagnostic function is available only for MR-J3-MM with servo amplifier s software version 1 or above and MR-J3-M(4). New functions! Selecting a variety of waveforms is now possible! [Graph] window (Note) Powerful graph functions with 3 analog channels and 4 digital channels support tuning. ser-friendly functions such as [Over write] and [Graph history] and a diverse waveform selection powerfully support user s work. lso, the [Gray display] function is provided for easy reading of printed data. ata can be saved either in S or JPEG format. New functions! Example of using the [Torque characteristic diagram] function in [Graph] window (Note 1) Example of using the [Over write] function in [Graph] window The speed-torque characteristic diagram of the motor in operation can be displayed using the [Torque characteristic diagram] function. Since the actual operation status can be displayed on the servo motor torque characteristics diagram, the status of your servo system can be checked. 118 Notes: 1. The screens are for reference and may differ from the actual screens.

120 sing a Personal omputer Improved accuracy! [Machine analyzer operation] window (Note 1) Improved usability! [Gain search] window (Note 1) hen the [Start] button is pressed, the servo motor is automatically oscillated, and the machine system s frequency characteristics are displayed. The frequency characteristics that could previously only be analyzed in a between.1 and 1kHz can now be analyzed in a between.1 and 4.5kHz. se this also as a tool to comprehend the machine system s characteristics. In addition, data can be overwritten. Improved usability! [Parameter setting] window (Note 1) hile automatically fluctuating the gain, the setup software MR onfigurator searches for values with the shortest settling time and lowest overshooting or vibration. Ever-higher level tuning is now possible. Improved usability! [Monitor] function: [mplifier ata isplay] window (Note 1) [Input/Output I/F isplay] window (Note) The [Parameter setting] window has been renewed. The basic setting parameters can be easily set in a selection format. Settings in the list format are also possible. The [Input/Output I/F isplay] window has been renewed. The [Input/Output I/F isplay] window and [mplifier ata isplay] window can be displayed simultaneously, so the I/O ON/OFF status and operation status can be checked in real time. dditional menus further improve usability! [Test mode menu] window (Note 1) The test operation that matches the application can be selected from the multiple test mode menus. New functions! [mplifier diagnostic procedure] window (Note 1) (only for MR-J3-MM and MR-J3-M(4)) The amplifier diagnostic function has been newly added. The I/O signal, command pulse I/F and encoder pulse output are checked. If any fault is found, the amplifier s faulty section is pinpointed to speed up recovery. 119 The diagnostic cable (MR-J3HEK) is required. Notes: 1. The screens are for reference and may differ from the actual screens.

121 sing a Personal omputer Servo support software <apacity selection software> MRZJ3-MOTSZ111E user-friendly design facilitates selecting the optimum servo amplifier, servo motor (including the servo motor with an electromagnetic brake) and optional regeneration unit just by entering constants and an operation pattern into machine-specific windows. Features (1) ser-defined operation patterns can be set. The operation pattern can be selected from the position control mode operation or speed control mode operation. The selected operation pattern can be also displayed in the graph. (2) The feedrate (or motor speed) and torque can be displayed in the graph during the selection process. The screen is for reference and may differ from the actual screen. * Specifications Item Types of machine component escription Horizontal ball screws, vertical ball screws, rack and pinions, roll feeds, rotating tables, dollies, elevators, material handling systems, linear servo (Note 1) and other (direct inertia input) devices Output of results Parameter Printing Selected servo amplifier model, selected servo motor model, selected regenerative resistor model, load inertia moment, load inertia moment ratio, peak torque, peak torque ratio, effective torque, effective torque ratio, regenerative power, regenerative power ratio Prints input specifications, operation pattern, calculation process, graph of selection process feedrate (or motor speed) and torque, and selection results. ata storage ssigns a file name to input specifications, operation patterns and selection results, and saves them on hard disk or floppy disk, etc. Inertia moment calculation function ylinder, core alignment column, variable speed, linear movement, suspension, conical, truncated cone Notes: 1. apacity selection for linear servo will be available soon with the software version or above. ompatible personal computer IBM P/T compatible model running with the following operation conditions. Operation conditions Personal computer (Note 2, 4) Software OS Processor Memory Free hard disk space ommunication interface Software Monitor Keyboard Mouse Printer ommunication cable MR onfigurator (Setup software) MRZJ3-SET21E (Note 1) apacity selection software MRZJ3-MOTSZ111E (Note 1) indows 98, indows Me, indows 2 Professional, indows XP Professional, indows XP Home Edition, indows ista Home Basic, indows ista Home Premium, indows ista Business, indows ista ltimate, indows ista Enterprise Pentium 133MHz or more (indows 98, indows 2 Professional) Pentium 15MHz or more (indows Me) Pentium 3MHz or more (indows XP Professional, indows XP Home Edition) 1GHz 32-bit (x8) (indows ista Home Basic, indows ista Home Premium, indows ista Business, indows ista ltimate, indows ista Enterprise) 24MB or more (indows 98) 32MB or more (indows Me, indows 2 Professional) 128MB or more (indows XP Professional, indows XP Home Edition) 512MB or more (indows ista Home Basic) 1GB or more (indows ista Home Premium, indows ista Business, indows ista ltimate, indows ista Enterprise) 13MB or more 4MB or more se serial port or SB port Internet Explorer 4. or above Resolution 8 or more, 1-bit high olor ompatible with above personal computers. ompatible with above personal computers. ompatible with above personal computers. MR-J3SBBM Not required Notes: 1. Pentium is registered trademark of Intel orporation. indows is registered trademarks of Microsoft orporation in the nited States and other countries. 2. This software may not run correctly, depending on a personal computer being used. 3. MRZJ3-SET21E software version 1 and MRZJ3-MOTSZ111E software version will be compatible with indows ista. The indows ista compatible versions will be available soon. 4. These softwares are not compatible with 4-bit indows XP and 4-bit indows ista. 12